- Preface
- Cisco ONS Documentation Roadmap for Release 9.6.x
- Chapter 1, ACT Commands
- Chapter 2, ALW Commands
- Chapter 3, Apply Commands
- Chapter 4, CANC Commands and Messages
- Chapter 5, CHG Commands
- Chapter 6, CLR Commands
- Chapter 7, CONN Commands
- Chapter 8, COPY Commands
- Chapter 9, DISC Commands
- Chapter 10, DLT Commands
- Chapter 11, ED Commands
- Chapter 12, ENT Commands
- Chapter 13, EX Commands
- Chapter 14, INH Commands
- Chapter 15, INIT Commands
- Chapter 16, OPR Commands
- Chapter 17, REPT Messages
- Chapter 18, RLS Commands
- Chapter 19, RMV Commands
- Chapter 20, RST Commands
- Chapter 21, RTRV Commands
- Chapter 22, SCHED Commands
- Chapter 23, SET Commands
- Chapter 24, SW Commands
- Chapter 25, TST Commands
- Chapter 26, Access Identifiers
- Chapter 27, Conditions
- Chapter 28, Modifiers
- 21.1 RTRV-100GIGE
- 21.2 RTRV-CPS
- 21.3 RTRV-HOP-CPS
- 21.10 RTRV-10GIGE
- 21.12 RTRV-ALMTYPE
- 21.13 RTRV-ALM-ALL
- 21.14 RTRV-ALM-BITS
- 21.15 RTRV-ALM-CPS
- 21.16 RTRV-ALM-ENV
- 21.17 RTRV-ALM-EQPT
- 21.18 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
- 21.20 RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
- 21.21 RTRV-ALS
- 21.22 RTRV-APC
- 21.23 RTRV-ATTR-CONT
- 21.24 RTRV-ATTR-ENV
- 21.25 RTRV-AUDIT-LOG
- 21.26 RTRV-AUTO
- 21.28 RTRV-BITS
- 21.29 RTRV-AWCFG
- 21.31 RTRV-BWP-ETH
- 21.32 RTRV-CFM
- 21.33 RTRV-CHGRP
- 21.34 RTRV-CMD-SECU
- 21.36 RTRV-COND-ALL
- 21.37 RTRV-COND-BITS
- 21.38 RTRV-COND-ENV
- 21.39 RTRV-COND-EQPT
- 21.40 RTRV-COND-SYNCN
- 21.41 RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT
- 21.42 RTRV-COS-ETH
- 21.43 RTRV-CRS
- 21.45 RTRV-CRS-ETH
- 21.46 RTRV-DFLT-SECU
- 21.47 RTRV-DS1
- 21.49 RTRV-EC1
- 21.50 RTRV-EFM
- 21.51 RTRV-EQPT
- 21.52 RTRV-ESCON
- 21.53 RTRV-ETH
- 21.54 RTRV-EXT-CONT
- 21.55 RTRV-FAC
- 21.56 RTRV-FFP
- 21.59 RTRV-FFP-OCH
- 21.60 RTRV-FFP-OTS
- 21.61 RTRV-FOG
- 21.62 RTRV-FSTE
- 21.63 RTRV-FTPSERVER
- 21.64 RTRV-G1000
- 21.65 RTRV-GFP
- 21.66 RTRV-GIGE
- 21.67 RTRV-HDLC
- 21.68 RTRV-HDR
- 21.69 RTRV-INV
- 21.70 RTRV-L2-ETH
- 21.71 RTRV-L2-TOPO
- 21.72 RTRV-LM-EFM
- 21.73 RTRV-LMP
- 21.74 RTRV-LMP-CTRL
- 21.75 RTRV-LMP-TLINK
- 21.76 RTRV-LMP-DLINK
- 21.77 RTRV-LNK
- 21.78 RTRV-LNKTERM
- 21.79 RTRV-LOG
- 21.80 RTRV-MA-CFM
- 21.81 RTRV-MACTABLE
- 21.82 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
- 21.83 RTRV-MCAST
- 21.84 RTRV-MD-CFM
- 21.85 RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM
- 21.86 RTRV-MEP-CFM
- 21.87 RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM
- 21.88 RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM
- 21.89 RTRV-MIP-CFM
- 21.90 RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM
- 21.91 RTRV-NE-APC
- 21.92 RTRV-NE-GEN
- 21.93 RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN
- 21.94 RTRV-NE-IPMAP
- 21.95 RTRV-NE-KEYINFO
- 21.96 RTRV-NE-PATH
- 21.97 RTRV-NE-SYNCN
- 21.98 RTRV-NE-WDMANS
- 21.99 RTRV-NETYPE
- 21.100 RTRV-NNI-CHGRP
- 21.101 RTRV-NNI-ETH
- 21.102 RTRV-OCM
- 21.103 RTRV-OCH
- 21.104 RTRV-OCHCC
- 21.105 RTRV-OCHNC
- 21.106 RTRV-ODU0
- 21.107 RTRV-OMS
- 21.108 RTRV-OPM
- 21.109 RTRV-OPMODE
- 21.110 RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS
- 21.111 RTRV-OTS
- 21.112 RTRV-OTU
- 21.113 RTRV-PATH-OCH
- 21.115 RTRV-PM-ALL
- 21.119 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
- 21.120 RTRV-POS
- 21.124 RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
- 21.125 RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS
- 21.126 RTRV-PROTOCOL
- 21.128 RTRV-PTSYS
- 21.129 RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP
- 21.130 RTRV-QNQ-ETH
- 21.131 RTRV-RAMAN
- 21.132 RTRV-REP
- 21.135 RTRV-ROUTE
- 21.136 RTRV-ROUTE-GRE
- 21.137 RTRV-SHELFSTAT
- 21.138 RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
- 21.139 RTRV-STCN-REP
- 21.140 RTRV-STS
- 21.141 RTRV-SRVTYPE
- 21.142 RTRV-SYNCN
- 21.143 RTRV-T1
- 21.144 RTRV-T3
- 21.145 RTRV-TACC
- 21.146 RTRV-TADRMAP
- 21.148 RTRV-TH-ALL
- 21.149 RTRV-TOD
- 21.150 RTRV-TRAPTABLE
- 21.152 RTRV-TRC-OCH
- 21.153 RTRV-TRC-OTU
- 21.154 RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL
- 21.155 RTRV-TUNNEL-PROXY
- 21.156 RTRV-UNICFG
- 21.157 RTRV-USER-SECU
- 21.158 RTRV-VCG
- 21.159 RTRV-VLAN
- 21.160 RTRV-VLAN-ETH
- 21.161 RTRV-VT
- 21.162 RTRV-VLB-REP
- 21.163 RTRV-WDMANS
- 21.164 RTRV-WDMSIDE
- 21.165 RTRV-WLEN
RTRV Commands

Note The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration. Cisco does not recommend using its path protection feature in any particular topological network configuration.
This chapter provides retrieve (RTRV) commands for the Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6.

Note All commands supported on the Cisco ONS 15454 platform are also supported on Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6 platforms.
21.1 RTRV-100GIGE
The retrive 100GIGE (RTRV-100GIGE) command retrieves the attributes of provisioned 100GIGE facility.
Usage Guidelines
The new parameter NUMOFLANESis added for payloads provisioned on CFP-LC cards.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<MTU>],[NAME=<NAME>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],
[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[<SOAK>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

"VFAC-1-3-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:SOAK=32,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,NUMOFLANES=4:OOS-MA,DSBLD"
Output Parameters

21.2 RTRV-CPS
This command can be used to retrieve Control Plane Service parameter. The user needs to specify only the source port to identify the CPS. ALL and group AID are allowed.
Usage Guidelines
- If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (invalid AID) error message is returned
- The ALL AID and group AID are valid for this command
- In case of ADD 2-WAY with two source AIDs use only one aid to avoid a double response: one for each AID specified
- CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.
- TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.
- ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN, and LINEWL AID type.
- In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
|
Circuit identification parameter can be used to filter this command |
Output Format

M CTAG COMPLD “<SRCAID>:<DSTADDR>,<DSTAID>,<WCT>,<CPSTYPE>:[<CKTID>],[<VALMODE>],[<VALZONE>],[<VALMODESEC>],[<VALZONESEC>],[<CPSSTATUS>],[<ACTVALZONE>],[<RESTTYPE>],[<REVERTMODE>],[<SOAKTIME>],[<RESTSTS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
Output Example

M 8 COMPLD “CHAN-4-2:10.64.107.36,CHAN-7-2,1WAY,ADD:CKTID=,VALMODE=NONE,CPSSTATUS=INACTIVE,RESTTYPE=NONE,RESTSTATUS=NONE:OOS,DSBLD”
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “ALL” section. Listable. |
|
Destination AID from the “ALL” section. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source to a destination port. Deafult is 1WAY |
|
(Optional) Circuit identification parameter contains the Common Language Circuit ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. Does not contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID can be 48. |
|
The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter. |
|
CPS trail failed (i.e. PSM working or protected is down or fail) |
|
Identifies the validation operate zone for secondary circuit |
|
Specifies the restoration type on CPS circuit or UNI configuration. Parameter type is RESTTYPE. |
|
Specifies the restoration status. Parameter type is RESTSTS. |
|
Specifies the revertive mode type. Paraneter type is REVERTMODE. |
|
Time after which the circuit switches back to the original circuit. |
21.3 RTRV-HOP-CPS
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve HOP Control Plane Service (RTRV-HOP-CPS) command is used to retrieve the HOPs route contraint of the Control Plane Services.
Usage Guidelines
- Specify only the source port to identify the CPS.
- ALL and group AID are allowed.
- Optional parameters can be used as filter to the command.
- CLIENT cps type support FAC and VFAC AID type.
- TRUNK cps type support CHAN AID type.
- ADD cps type support CHAN, PCHAN, and LINEWL AID type.
- In case of 1WAY, unidirectional connection, SRC and DST are single AIDs. In case of 2WAY, bidirectional connection, SRC and DST are double AIDs. However, in case of CLIENT or TRUNK cpstype, src and dst are single AID and the connection is of type 2WAY because of bidirectional ports hence this rule is not applicable.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-HOP-CPS:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<CIRCUITTYPE>],[<ROUTETYPE>],[<HOPTYPE>],[<HOPNODE>],[<HOPSIDE>][::];
Input Example

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"
"VFAC-1-5-2:10.20.30.40,,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"
Input Parameters

Source AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
|
Identifies the target circuit. Allowed values are PRIMARY, SECONDARY. |
|
Identifies the target circuit route. Allowed values are MAINROUTE, BRIDGEROUTE. |
|
Identifies the position of the hop in the item list. Default value is 0.
|
|
Type of hop constraint. Allowed values are STRICT, LOOSE, EXCLUDE |
|
The next hop of the path must be the indicated node and side |
|
Output Format

"<SRC>:<DSTADDR>,<DST>,<CIRCUITTYPE>,<ROUTETYPE>,<POSITION><HOPTYPE>,<HOPNODE>,<HOPSIDE>";
Output Example

"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"
"VFAC-1-5-2:10.20.30.40,,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,1,LOOSE,10.20.33.44,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,2,LOOSE,10.20.33.45,"
"CHAN-1-15-10-RX&CHAN-1-14-10-TX:10.20.30.40,CHAN-10-1-10-TX&CHAN-10-1-10-RX,PRIMARY,MAINROUTE,3,LOOSE,10.20.33.46,"
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “ALL” section. Listable. |
|
Destination AID from the “ALL” section. |
|
Identifies the target circuit. Allowed values are PRIMARY,SECONDARY. |
|
Identifies the target circuit route. Allowed values are MAINROUTE, BRIDGEROUTE. |
|
Type of hop constraint. Allowed values are STRICT, LOOSE, EXCLUDE. |
|
The next hop of the path must be the indicated node and side. |
|
21.4 RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 1GFC, 2GFC, 4 GFC, 5GIB, 8GFC, or 10GFC (RTRV-<MOD1FCPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the attributes related with the Fibre Channel port.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:LINKRATE=<LINKRATE>,LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>,
[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>],
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>],[MFS=<MFS>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:LINKRATE=1GFC,LINKSTATE=UP,LINKRCVRY=Y,
DISTEXTN=NONE,LINKCREDITS=0,MFS=2148,ENCAP=GFP-T,
NAME=\"FC PORT\",SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",FREQ=1550,
LOSSB=LR-1:OOS-MA,MT,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role played by the unit in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by primary state (PST) and primary state qualifier (PSTQ). |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is secondary state (SST), which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.5 RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 1GFICON, 2GFICON, or 4GFICON (RTRV-<MOD1FICONPAYLOAD>) command returns Fibre Channel-specific settings for ports that have been configured to carry FICON traffic using the ENT-FICON command.
Usage Guidelines
The MXPP_MR_2.5G card only supports the GFP-T frame type.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[LINKRATE=<LINKRATE>],[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],
[LINKRCVRY=<LINKRCVRY>],[DISTEXTN=<DISTEXTN>],
[LINKCREDITS=<LINKCREDITS>],[MFS=<MFS>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>]:
<PST_PSTQ>,<SST>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:LINKRATE=1GFICON,LINKSTATE=UP,LINKRCVRY=Y,
DISTEXTN=NONE,LINKCREDITS=0,MFS=2148,ENCAP=GFP-T,NAME=\"FC PORT\",
SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1:OOS-MA,MT”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role that the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
The actual rate running on the Fibre Channel port. It can differ from the payload type provisioned. The parameter type is LINKRATE, which is the link rate on a Fibre Channel port. |
|
The SFP is not plugged into the Fibre Channel port so the link rate cannot be detected. |
|
Link state. The parameter type is DIRN, which specifies the discriminating level for the requested monitored parameter. |
|
Monitored parameter with values equal to or greater than the level of LEV will be reported. |
|
Monitored parameter with values equal or less than the value of LEV will be reported. |
|
Link recovery. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Distance extension. The parameter type is DISTANCE_EXTENSION (distance extension). |
|
(Optional) Number of link credits. LINKCREDITS is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP (frame encapsulation type). |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.6 RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, HDTV, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, PASSTHRU, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTL, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G (RTRV-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the configuration parameter of a dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) client.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G. The RTRV-OTL command retrieves the Current values on sublanes of 100G-LC-C and retrieves only state of tha facility on CFP-LC cards.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AIDUNIONID>,<AIDTYPE>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<NAME>],[LBCL=<LBCL>], [OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[SQUELCHMODE=,SQUELCHMODE.]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]" ;
Output Example

"VFAC-3-2-1,SDSDI:,,WORK,ACT:NAME=\"NY PORT\",LBCL=10.0,OPT=10.0,OPR=10.0, FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-AU,AINS" ;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section |
|
A type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD, which contains the payload types applicable to DWDM ports. |
|
(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is a float. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the received optical power. OPR is a float. |
|
(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.7 RTRV-<MOD_RING>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Bidirectional Line Switched Ring (RTRV-<MOD_RING>) command retrieves the bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR) information of the NE. A two-fiber or four-fiber BLSR can be retrieved.
Usage Guidelines
“BLSR-N43AB::RINGID=N43AB,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,
SRVTM=5.0,EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,
WESTPROT=FAC-13-1”
“BLSR-N12EF::RINGID=N12EF,NODEID=2,MODE=2F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,
EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1”
– If the system fails on getting IOR, a SROF (Get IOR Failed) error message is returned.
– If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
– If the BLSR does not exist, a SRQN (BLSR Does Not Exist) error message is returned.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId1” section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. Only ALL, null, or a list of BLSR-# is allowed. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>]::[<RINGID>],[<NODEID>],[<MODE>],[<RVRTV>],[<RVTM>],[<SRVRTV>],[<SRVTM>],[<EASTWORK>],[<WESTWORK>],[<EASTPROT>],[<WESTPROT>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BLSR-43::RINGID=43,NODEID=3,MODE=4F,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=5.0,SRVRTV=Y,SRVTM=5.0,
EASTWORK=FAC-5-1,WESTWORK=FAC-6-1,EASTPROT=FAC-12-1,WESTPROT=FAC-13-1”
;
Output Parameters

(Optional) Access identifier from the “AidUnionId1” section. Identifies the BLSR of the NE. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR ID of the NE. String of up to six characters. Valid characters are A-Z and 0-9. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR node ID of the NE. NODEID is a string and ranges from 0 to 31. |
|
(Optional) Mode with which the command is to be implemented. Identifies the BLSR mode; either two-fiber or four-fiber. The parameter type is BLSR_MODE (BLSR mode). |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
The span revertive mode for four-fiber BLSR only. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
The span revertive time for four-fiber BLSR only. SRVTM is not allowed to be set while SRVRTV is N. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
East working facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
West working facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
East protecting facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
West protecting facility. AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
21.8 RTRV-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve OC3, OC12, OC48, or OC192 command retrieves the attributes (for example, service parameters) and the state of an OC-N facility.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Both RINGID and BLSRTYPE identify the OC-N port connected with a BLSR. These attributes are only presented for the OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 ports within a BLSR connection. The RTRV-<MOD_RING> command with the AID BLSR-RINGID can provide more information about a BLSR.

Note This command does not show the WVLEN attribute if the OC-N port has a zero value.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[DCC=<DCC>],[AREA=<AREA>],[TMGREF=<TMGREF>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[SENDDUS=<SENDDUS>],[PJMON=<PJMON>],
[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[MODE=<MODE>],[WVLEN=<WVLEN>],
[RINGID=<RINGID>],[BLSRTYPE=<BLSRTYPE>],[MUX=<MUX>],[UNIC=<UNIC>],
[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[SSMRCV=<SSMRCV>],[OSPF=<OSPF>],
[LDCC=<LDCC>],[NAME=<NAME>],[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>],
[SENDDUSFF=<SENDDUSFF>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],
[FREQ=<FREQ>],[LOSSB=<LOSSB>],[FOREIGNFEND=<FOREIGNFEND>],
[FOREIGNIPADDRESS=<FOREIGNIPADDRESS>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-6-1:,,WORK,ACT:DCC=Y,AREA=10.92.63.1,TMGREF=N,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,
PJMON=48,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-6,MODE=SINGLESHELF,WVLEN=1310.00,RINGID=43,
BLSRTYPE=WESTWORK,MUX=E2,UNIC=Y,
SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\",SSMRCV=STU,OSPF=Y,LDCC=Y,NAME=\"OCN PORT\",LBCL=10.0,
OPT=10.0,OPR=10.0,EXPTRC=\"AAA\",TRC=\"AAA\",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFORMAT=16-BYTE,ADMSSM=PRS,SENDDUSFF=N,AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL,
FREQ=1550,LOSSB=LR-1,FOREIGNFEND=Y,
FOREIGNIPADDRESS=10.92.63.44,:OOS-AU,AINS”,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) An OC-N port role. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) An OC-N port status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether or not the Section data communications channel (DCC) is to be used. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
(Optional) Area ID. Shows up only if the DCC is enabled. AREA is a string. |
|
(Optional) The termination to be used, whether primary or secondary. Identifies if an OC-N port has a timing reference. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Synchronization status message. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates whether the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
(Optional) The facility will send the DUS (Do not use for Synchronization) value in 0x0f bits pattern as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Identifies an OC-N port PJMON. Defaults to 0 (zero). PJMON is an integer. Set a valid STS number of the optical port. Note The PJMON number displayed in TL1 interface does not correspond to the PJVC4MON number in CTC, but instead corresponds to the STS number of the optical port. |
|
(Optional) An OC-N port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) An OC-N port signal degrade threshold. Defaults 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) OC-N port mode. Defaults to SONET. The parameter type is OPTICAL_MODE, which is the facility’s optical mode. |
|
The NE contains only one shelf and the AID representation does not consider the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. |
|
The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. |
|
The AID representation considers the shelf identifier for command requests/response and autonomous reports. This means the NE has more than one shelf configured or the user wants to use the new AID style. The shelves are connected by means of an external Ethernet switch. |
|
(Optional) An OC-N port wavelength in nanometers. For example, WVLEN=1310.00 means it operates at 1310 nm in the DWDM application. WVLEN is a float. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR RINGID with which the port is connected. RINGID ranges from 0 to 9999. RINGID is an integer. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR type with which the port is connected. The parameter type is BLSR_TYPE, which is the BLSR type of an OC-N port. |
|
(Optional) BLSR extension byte. The parameter type is MUX_TYPE, which is the BLSR extension byte. |
|
(Optional) Indicates if the port connects to the UCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Displays the quality of the individual port. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
(Optional) The Open Shortest Path First protocol. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) The Line DCC connection on the port. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is only displayed for DWDM cards. OPT is a float. |
|
(Optional) Path trace message to be transmitted. TRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET. Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on alarm indication signal (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
(Optional) SSM selectable value. Only displayed when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
(Optional) Indicates that the facility will send the DUS value in 0xff bits pattern as the synchronization status message for that facility. Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates whether AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the far-end NE on the DCC is a foreign NE. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) The IP address of the far-end NE on the DCC. Used only if FOREIGNFEND is Y. FOREIGNIPADDRESS is a string. |
|
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.9 RTRV-<PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-<PATH>) command retrieves the attributes associated with an STS/VT path.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Supported AIDs are: ALL, SLOT-N (N=1,2,...,ALL), and STS/VT-specific AIDs.
The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, RVTM, SWPDIP, HOLDOFFTIMER, and UPSRPTHSTATE parameters only apply to path protection configurations.
The path trace message is a 64 character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead.
The EXPTRC indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user in the ED-STS_PATH command. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.
The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.
When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.
When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.
J1 (EXPTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, DS3/EC1-48, OC3, OC48AS, OC192, MRC-12, and OC192-XFP cards.
TRC and INCTRC are supported on DS1N, DS3NE, DS3/EC1-48, and DS3XM cards.
The following actions will result in error messages:
- If you send this command while BLSRPTHTYPE=PCA, whether there is a BLSR switch or not, the protection channel access (PCA) path J1/C2 data will be returned (if there is PCA circuit on the AID).
- Sending this command with an STS AID that does not have circuits and where no BLSR is switched on the STS will return an error message.
- In LAN to WAN card mode, ALL aid is not supported for RTRV-VC464c.

Note ● An optional input parameter, BLSRPTHTYPE, is introduced into this command to provide more options to retrieve the J1/C2 of a particular BLSR path. This field is valid only if the queried AID port has BLSR. The BLSRPTHTYPE defaults to the “non-pca” path type if the BLSR is switched, or defaults to all BLSR path types if there is no BLSR switching.
- An optional output parameter, BLSRPTHSTATE, is introduced into this command output. Each J1/C2 output data of this command will include the BLSR path state information.
- After BLSR switching, the J1/IPPM/C2 data can be retrieved over the protection path. J1 trace string, trace mode, or threshold is not allowed on the protection path.
- HOLDOFFTIMER is not specific to a path. Instead, it is applicable to the path protection selector.
- VT1.5 J2 path trace provisioning is supported on the DS3XM-12 card and the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 card VT1.5 path using the ED-VT1, RTRV-VT1, and RTRV-PTHTRC-VT1 commands.
- For the selector path on a BLSR, the SWPDIP path attribute is not editable and is always in the ON state.
- SFBER and SDBER are applied for the ONS 15454 when the ONS 15454 has an XC-VXC-10G card.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[:::BLSRPTHTYPE=<BLSRPTHTYPE>][:];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
|
The BLSR path type only if the port is on the BLSR. No value or a null value defaults to NON-PCA. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_TYPE, which is the BLSR path type only if the port is on the BLSR. |
|
The AID is on the working path, or the cross-connection card protection path. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT =<TRCFORMAT>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>],[C2=<C2>],
[BLSRPTHSTATE=<BLSRPTHSTATE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-2-1-4::LEVEL=STS1,SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,
HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,TRC=“TRCSTRING”,
INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,TRCMODE=AUTO,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=DUAL,UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT,C2=0X04,
BLSRPTHSTATE=PROTPTHACT:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
|
(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Indicates the rate of the cross-connected channel. Applicable only to the STS path in SONET. The parameter type is PATH, which is the modifier for path commands. |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 3 concatenated (155.52 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 9 concatenated (466.56 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 12 concatenated (622.08 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 18 concatenated (933.12 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 24 concatenated (1244.16 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 36 concatenated (1866.24 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 48 concatenated (2488.32 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 192 concatenated (9953.28 Mbps) |
|
(Optional) An STS path signal failure threshold that only applies to path protection. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) An STS path signal degrade threshold that only applies to path protection. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults 1E-6. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
Revertive mode. Only applies to path protection. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Revertive time. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Switch on PDI-P. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to NULL when a path protection path is created. EXPTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET. Applicable to VT-level paths for the DS3XM-12 card on the ONS 15454. TRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is any combination of 64 characters. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to null when a path protection path is created. INCTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to OFF when a path protection path is created. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string (not applicable to MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P detected. |
|
(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
(Optional) Test access. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Defaults to N. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code. |
|
Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if an AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_STATE, which is the BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its PCA path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its PCA path is in the standby state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its protection path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its working path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its working path is in the standby state. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.10 RTRV-10GIGE
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve 10GIGE (RTRV-10GIGE) command retrieves the 10 Gbps-specific parameters for a port that has been configured to support the Gigabit Ethernet payload with the ENT-10GIGE command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<NAME>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],
[LBCL=<LBCL>],[OPT=<OPT>],[OPR=<OPR>],[FREQ=<FREQ>],
[LOSSB=<LOSSB>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

"VFAC-1-6-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:MTU=1548,MACADDR=1c-93-87-e0-01-a9,SOAK=32,ENCAP=CBR,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,:OOS-MA,DSBLD"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. |
|
(Optional) Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is on (Y). The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
(Optional) The facility sends out a Do Not Use for Synchronization Message. This does not apply to the TXPD-10G card. This applies to an MXPD-10G card only if the payload is SDH and the card termination mode is as follows:
The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SDH. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the facility provides synchronization. Defaults to N. |
|
(Optional) The MAC address for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the laser current. LBCL is a float. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the transmitted optical power. OPT is a float. |
|
(Optional) Displays the current value of the received optical power. OPR is a float. |
|
(Optional) Parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.11 RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm for (10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, DS1, DS3I, DVBASI, E1, E100, E1000, E3, E4, EC1, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, MSISC, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, ODU0, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, RPRIF, STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64, STM1E, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VC3,VC4,VC4-2c,VC4-3c,VC4-4c,VC4-16c,VC4-64c, VC11, VC12, VC3, VCG, VT1, VT2, WLEN, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, OTU1, SDSDI, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>][,];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

"<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>],
Output Example

"VFAC-5-3-1,OTU1:MN,HI-RXPOWER,NSA,08-18,12-56-40,NEND,RCV:\"Facility High Rx power\","
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2ALM (alarm type). |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
Generic framing protocol over packet over SONET virtual port alarm |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.12 RTRV-ALMTYPE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Type command retrieves all system and user-defined alarm types.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

Output Examples

CISCONODE 2007-06-26 14:30:00
M 1 COMPLD
"SYSTEMDEFINED,AIRCOMPR"
;
Output Parameters

Specifies the type of alarm, that is, system or user-defined. |
|
Specifies user-defined alarm types associated with virtual wires in environmental alarm inputs. |
21.13 RTRV-ALM-ALL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm All (RTRV-ALM-ALL) command retrieves and sends the current status of all active alarm conditions. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.
Usage Guidelines
According to Telcordia GR-833, the RTRV-ALM-ALL command only reports EQPT, COM, T1, T3, OCN, EC1, STSN, VT1, DS1, E100, E1000, G1000, ML-Series, TXP, and MXP alarms. To retrieve all the NE alarms, issue all of the following commands:
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],
[<CONDITION>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[,];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL. AID is a string. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The type of alarm condition. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:
[<DESC>],[<AIDDET>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-2,EQPT:MN,PWRRESTART,NSA,08-01,14-25-59,NEND,RCV:\"POWER FAIL RESTART\", DS1-14"
;
Output Parameters

(Optional) Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Client facility for muxponder (MXP) and transponder (TXP) cards |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
(Optional) AIDDET uses the same addressing rules as the AID, but specifies AID type and additional details about the entity being managed. The supplementary equipment identification. |
21.14 RTRV-ALM-BITS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-ALM-BITS) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the BITS facility. The alarm condition or severity retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],
[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “BITS” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The condition type for an alarm or reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCATION>],[<DIRECTION>]:[<DESC>],”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,,,,:\“LOSS OF SIGNAL\”,”
;
Output Parameters

(Optional) Access identifier from the “BITS” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.15 RTRV-ALM-CPS
(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Control Plane Service (RTRV-ALM-CPS) command retrieves the alarm reported on the control plane service.
Usage Guidelines
- Specify ALL AID to retrieve the alarms.
- Specify the notification code, condition type, service effecting, location, and direction parameters to retrieve the particular type of alarm.
- The command is applicable only to WSON alarms.
- <INDEX> got from the response is used as the input parameter in DLT-ALM-CPS.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-CPS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>][,];
Input Example

|
|
---|---|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is a two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
(Optional) The condition type for an alarm or reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an Cisco ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Table 27-1 for a list of conditions |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<INDEX>,<MOD2>:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,<DATE>,<TIME>,<LOCN>,<DIRN>:<CONDITION DESCRIPTION>”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-6-1-RX,6,CPS:MJ,LOS-P,SA,01-16,01-18-31,NEND,RCV:\"INCOMING PAYLOAD SIGNAL ABSENT\””
;
|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the“ALL” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Table 27-1 for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.16 RTRV-ALM-ENV
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Environment (RTRV-ALM-ENV) command retrieves the environmental alarms.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Note For RTRV-ALM-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-ALM-ENV. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm types. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<DESC>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,08-01,14-25-59,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm types. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
21.17 RTRV-ALM-EQPT
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Equipment (RTRV-ALM-EQPT) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with the equipment units. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved is specified using the input parameters as a filter.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],[<SRVEFF>],
[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The condition type for an alarm or a reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,
[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,EQPT:MJ,HITEMP,NSA,08-01,14-25-59,,:\“HI TEMPERATURE\”,”
;
Output Parameters

(Optional) Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
21.18 RTRV-ALM-SYNCN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Synchronization (RTRV-ALM-SYNCN) command retrieves and sends the current status of alarm conditions associated with a synchronization facility. The alarm condition or severity to be retrieved can be specified by using the input parameters as a filter.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ALM-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<CONDTYPE>],
[<SRVEFF>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The condition type for an alarm or a reported event. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,
[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE,SYNCN:CR,FAILTOSW,SA,08-01,
14-25-59,,:\“FAILURE TO SWITCH TO PROTECTION\”,”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYN” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
21.19 RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alarm Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, OTL, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2>) command retrieves the alarm threshold values. The only applicable MOD2 values are OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, OCH, OMS, and OTS.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G modifiers.
- OTL is the new modifier added for the sublanes of 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC cards.
- RTRV-ALMTH-OTL retrieves optical thresholds only on Sublanes of 100G-LC-C card. RTRV-ALMTH-OTL with single montype is denied for sublanes of CFP-LC card.
- RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> on 100G-LC-C card is denied as the optical thresholds are retrieved on sublanes of 100G-LC-C.
- RTRV-ALMTH-<100GIGE/40GIGE/OTU4/OTU3> on CFP-LC card retrieves optical thresholds.
- RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> does not retrieve any optical thresholds on virtual ports as they are retrieved by CFP ports of CFP-LC.
- RTRV-ALMTH-OCH should retrieve optical thresholds for non OTU Payloads on 100G-LC-C, 10x10G-LC, and CFP-LC cards. For OTU payloads RTRV-ALMTH-<MOD2> retrieves optical thresholds.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
|
Alarm threshold. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards. |
|
Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–40.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<MOD>:<CONDTYPE>,,,<THLEVEL>”
Output Example

"VFAC-5-3-1,OTU1:OPT-LOW,,,-4.5,"
RN-DEV-107 2013-05-16 12:47:54
"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPT-LOW,,,-40.0,"
"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPT-HIGH,,,30.0,"
"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:LBCL-HIGH,,,100.0,"
"VFAC-5-1-1,GIGE:OPR-LOW,,,-40.0,"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards. |
|
Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
21.20 RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Alarm Threshold Equipment (RTRV-ALMTH-EQPT) command retrieves the alarm thresholds for the power level monitoring on an NE.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. |
|
Must not be null. The parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards. |
|
Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent) |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],<MOD2B>:<CONDTYPE>,,,<DNFIELD>”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SHELF-1,EQPT:BATV-HIGH,,,-52.0,”
;
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,EQPT:BATV-HIGH,,,-52.0,"”
;
Output Parameters

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted, it addresses the node or the first shelf of the node. |
|
Alarm type. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
Parameter type is ALM_THR, which is the alarm threshold list for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x cards. |
|
Low Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Chromatic Dispersion. Measured value -70000dBm to +70000dBm. |
|
Laser Bias Current in microA as one tenth of a percent. High Warning Threshold, Low Warning Threshold. Measured value (0.0 percent, 100.0 percent). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Receive power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Transmit power in one tenth of a microwatt. Measured value (–0.0 dBm, +30.0 dBm). |
|
Low Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Optical Signal to Noise Ratio. Measured value +40dBm to +80dBm. |
|
Low Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
High Threshold value for Polarization Mode for Dispersion. Measured value +0 to +100dBm. |
|
21.21 RTRV-ALS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Automatic Laser Shutoff (RTRV-ALS) command retrieves the ALS attributes of an OC-N facility and all the facilities that support the ALS feature. This command is used to retrieve the ALS parameter of the OC48 and OC192 ports on the MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, MXP_2.5G_10G, and TXP_MR_10G cards.
Usage Guidelines
RTRV-ALS on 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C, and CFP-LC cards retrieves ALS attributes on the OCH interface for non-OTU payloads and on payloads interfaces for OTU payloads.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[ALSMODE=<ALSMODE>],[ALSRCINT=<ALSRCINT>],
[ALSRCPW=<ALSRCPW>],[LSRSTAT=<LSRSTAT>],[OSRI=<OSRI>]”
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-6-1,OC192::ALSMODE=DISABLED,ALSRCINT=100,ALSRCPW=2.0,LSRSTAT=ON:”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
Type of access identifier.The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
1-Gigabit or 2-Gigabit ISC3 peer used in transparent (2R) mode |
|
ALS is enabled or disabled. The parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the working mode for automatic laser shutdown. |
|
(Optional) ALS interval. The range is 60 to 300 seconds. ALSRCINT is an integer. |
|
(Optional) ALS recovery pulse width. The range is 2.0 to 100.00 seconds, in increments of 100 ms. ALSRCPW is a float. |
|
(Optional) Status of the laser. The parameter type is LASER_STATUS (laser status). |
|
Laser is switched on but is working automatic power reduction. |
|
(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Defaults to off. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
21.22 RTRV-APC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Operate Amplifier Power Control (RTRV-APC) command retrieves the APC application attributes.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“::[APCENABLE=<APCENABLE>],[APCSTATE=<APCSTATE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“::APCENABLE=Y,APCSTATE=WORKING”
;
Output Parameters

21.23 RTRV-ATTR-CONT
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Attribute Control (RTRV-ATTR-CONT) command retrieves and sends the attributes associated with an external control. These attributes are used when an external control is operated or released. To set these attributes, use the SET-ATTR-CONT command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which attributes are being set. |
|
Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type. |
|
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which attributes are being set. |
|
Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type. |
|
21.24 RTRV-ATTR-ENV
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Attribute Environment (RTRV-ATTR-ENV) command retrieves the attributes associated with an environmental alarm.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ATTR-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. |
|
Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>],[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
(Optional) The alarm type for the environmental alarm. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail or gas monitor fail |
|
21.25 RTRV-AUDIT-LOG
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Audit Log (RTRV-AUDIT-LOG) command retrieves the contents of the audit log stored in the NE. Audit records contain information for user operations such as login, logout, change of provisioning parameters and other changes a user might make when connected to the NE. Audit records do not store operations related to parameter retrieval.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ <ENTRYNUM>,<OCRDAT>,<OCRTM>,<TASKID>,<TXSTATUS>,<DESCRIPTION>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ 17172,2004-10-05,09-52-44, TPROVMGR,COMPLD,
\17172,2004-10-05,09-52-44, TPROVMGR,COMPLD,\"DESCRIPTION\””
;
Output Parameters

21.26 RTRV-AUTO
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Auto (RTRV-AUTO) command retrieves the AUTO ports provisioned. Port bandwidth changes to OC3/OC12/OC48 as per the incoming signal when auto sense is enabled. Default being OC48 when auto sense is disabled.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

"<AID>,[DETECTEDPAYLOAD=<DETECTEDPAYLOAD>],[AUTOSENSE=<AUTOSENSE>]"
Output Example

Output Parameters

The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
|
21.27 RTRV-BFDLPM-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve BFDL Performance Monitoring (DS1, T1) command retrieves the BFDL (enhanced 24-hour ES, UAS, BES, CSS, and LOFC) performance monitoring parameters and applies to the DS3XM-12 card DS1 under BFDL mode. This command returns the current 15-minute and current 24-hour BFDL performance monitoring (PM) parameters and the 96 15-minute history requested type PM parameters.
Usage Guidelines
For example, the following input:
RTRV-BFDLPM-DS1::DS1-14-1-1:1:::REQTYPE=ENH-24HR-ES;
Will retrieve the following output:
DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:UAS,40,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:BES,50,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:SES,60,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:CSS,70,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:LOFC,80,CURR-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:UAS,40,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:BES,50,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:SES,60,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:CSS,70,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:LOFC,80,CURR-24HR-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,30,1-15MIN-INV DS1-14-1-1:ES,40,2-15MIN-INV
DS1-14-1-1:ES,50,3-15MIN-INV
DS1-14-1-1:ES,80,96-15MIN-INV
Sending this command with a REQTYPE of ENH-24HR-CSS-AND-LOFC will retrieve 96 15-minute PM parameters for both CSS and LOFC. The command is applied on the DS3XM-12 DS1 under BFDL mode, ESF frame format, C-BIT IS port with an IS VT circuit configuration.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-BFDLPM-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::REQTYPE=<REQTYPE>;
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “DS1” section. |
|
Indicates requested BFDL PM type. Must not be null. The parameter type is REQTYPE, which is the requested PM type. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,<BUCKET>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“DS1-14-1-1:ES,55,CURR-15MIN-INV”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “DS1” section. |
|
Monitored type which includes: BES, CSS, ES, LOFC, SES, UAS. MONTYPE is a string. |
|
The value to which the register identified by MONTYPE is to be initialized to or the measured value of a monitored parameter. The value is in the form of numeric counts or rates. MONVAL is a string. |
|
21.28 RTRV-BITS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-BITS) command retrieves the BITS configuration command. For BITS facility, 64 K and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “BITS” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LINECDE=<LINECDE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[LBO=<LBO>],
[SYNCMSG=<SYNCMSG>],[AISTHRSHLD=<AISTHRSHLD>],[SABIT=<SABIT>],
[IMPEDANCE=<IMPEDANCE>],[BITSFAC=<BITSFAC>],[ADMSSM=<ADMSSM>]:[<PST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-133,SYNCMSG=N,AISTHRSHLD=PRS,
SABIT=BYTE-4,IMPEDANCE=120-OHM,BITSFAC=T1,ADMSSM=PRS:IS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “BITS” section |
|
(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
(Optional) Line buildout settings. BITS line buildout. Default value is 0 to 133. LBP is an integer. The parameter type is BITS_LineBuildOut, which is the BITS line buildout. |
|
Indicates if the BITS facility supports synchronization status message. Default is Y. The parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
(Optional) Alarm indication signal threshold. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, SABIT is the BIT used to receive and transmit the SSM. The parameter type is SABITS (SA BITS). |
|
(Optional) When the frame format selection is E1, IMPEDANCE is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port. The parameter type is IMPEDANCE, which is the terminal impedance of the BITS-IN port |
|
(Optional) BITS facility settings. The parameter type is BITS_FAC, which is the BITS facility rate. 64 K and 6 MHz are only applicable to the ONS 15454. |
|
(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
21.29 RTRV-AWCFG
(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Alien Wavelength Configuration (RTRV-AWCFG) retrieves the alien wavelength attributes configured.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

|
|
---|---|
AID from the “ALL” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-3-4-RX:40G DWDM ITU-T TXP,FECMODE=ENHANCED14”
;
|
|
---|---|
AID from the “ALL” section. |
|
Indicates the operating mode for alien wavelength. ALIENID is a STRING. |
|
21.30 RTRV-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Bulkroll for OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, or OC768 (RTRV-BULKROLL-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves roll data parameters on a line.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>:RFROM=<RFROM>,RTO=<RTO>,[RMODE=<RMODE>],VLDSIG=<VLDSIG>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-3-1-1:RFROM=STS-3-1-1,RTO=STS-5-1-1,RMODE=AUTO,VLDSIG=Y”
;
Output Parameters

One of the end points. Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section for line level rolling and bulk rolling. |
|
The termination point of the existing cross-connect that is to be rolled. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
The termination point that will become a leg of the new cross-connection. The AID is from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is RMODE, which specifies the roll mode. |
|
Automatic. When a valid signal is available, the roll under AUTO mode will automatically delete the previous end-point. |
|
Manual. Enter the corresponding delete roll/bulkroll command to delete the previous end-point. |
|
(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
21.31 RTRV-BWP-ETH
This command is used to retrieve a BandWidth Profile entry in BWP DB. The BWP DB is a collection of BWP used in a Network Element.
Usage Guidelines
The “ALL” AID is supported by this command.
If the AID is invalid, an IIAC (Invalid AID) error message is returned.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameter

|
|
---|---|
Single AID for BWP. The valid identifiers ranges from 1 to 10000. |
Output Format

"<AID>::[NAME=<NAME>],[CIR=<CIR>],[CBS=<CBS>],[PBS=<PBS>],[PIR=<PIR>],[CFMSTATE=<CFM_STATE>]:";
Output Example

"BWP-10000::NAME="MyBWP",CIR=10,CBS=1M,PBS=1M,PIR=20,CFMSTATE=Y:";
;
Output Parameters

21.32 RTRV-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-CFM) command retrieves the Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) protocol state at the port level.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameter

Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,STATE=ENABLE”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Indicates whether the CFM is enabled or disabled on the port. |
|
21.33 RTRV-CHGRP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Channel Group (RTRV-CHGRP) command retrieves the layer 2 channel group information of GE_XP and 10GE_XP ethernet cards.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[LACPMODE=<LACPMODE>],[HASHINGALGO=<HASHINGALGO>],[NIMODE=<NIMODE>],[MACLEARNING=<MACLEARNING>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>],[ETHERCETYPE=<ETHERCETYPE>],[ETHERSTYPE=>ETHERSTYPE>],[BPDU=<BPDU>],[QNQMODE=<QNQMODE>],[MTU=<MTU>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[SPEED=<SPEED>],[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[CIR=<CIR>,[CBS=<CBS>],[EBS=<EBS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-1-1:LACPMODE=ACTIVE,HASHINGALGO=HASHING_SA_DA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT,NIMODE=UNI,MACLEARNING=N,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE
=8100,BPDU=Y,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,MTU=9700,FLOWCTRL=ASYMMETRIC,
SPEED=AUTO,EXPSPEED=AUTO,CIR=100,CBS=4K,EBS=4K:OOS-MA,DSBLD”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
|
The Hashing Algorithm value is HASHING_SA_VLAN_INCOMING_PORT. |
|
(Optional) Maximum transport unit. The parameter type is MTU_TYPE, which indicates the maximum transport unit used by an Ethernet card. Defaults to 9600. |
|
Ethernet AID for the front end CE-MR-6 cards. Ethernet AID for the ethernet port on GE_XP and 10GE_XP card. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
(Optional) Ethernet speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
Ingress committed information rate. This is a value between 0.0 and 100.0. Default value is 100.0. |
|
MAC Address Learning Mode. This activates the MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting. |
|
The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
|
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
|
Identifies a customer foreseen Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
|
BPDU (Bridge Protocol Data Unit) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is always performed where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
21.34 RTRV-CMD-SECU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Command Security (RTRV-CMD-SECU) command retrieves the current command security level of the command specified in the AID field.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

21.35 RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, DS1, DS3I, DVBASI, E1, E100, E1000, E3, E4, EC1, ETH, FSTE, G1000, HDLC, ETH, GFPOS, GIGE, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC1, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, MSISC, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, ODU0, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, RPRIF, STM1, STM4, STM16, STM64, STM1E, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, UDCDCC, UDCF, VC11, VC12, VC3, VC4, VC4-2c,VC4-3c, VC4-4c, VC4-8c, VC4-16c, VC4-64c, VCG, VT1, VT2, WLEN, RPRIF, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>) command retrieves the current standing condition and state associated with an entity.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifiers 3GVIDEO, OTU1, SDSDI, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G. The RTRV-COND-OTL command retrieves the conditions raised on sublanes of 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.
RTRV-COND-ODU0 command retrieves the conditions raised on the ODU0's on AR-XPE card only.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-<MOD2ALM>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>], [<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-14-3-1,OTU1:MN,OTUK-IAE,NSA,08-18,12-58-24,NEND,RCV,\"OTUK: INCOMING ALIGNMENT ERROR\""
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2ALM, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
Generic framing protocol over packet over SONET virtual port alarm |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The condition itself. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.36 RTRV-COND-ALL
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition All (RTRV-CON-ALL) command retrieves the current standing condition for all entities.
Usage Guidelines
According to Telcordia GR-833, the RTRV-COND-ALL command only reports EQPT, COM, and rr (T1, T3, OCn, EC1, STSn, VT1, DS1, E100, E1000, G1000, ML-Series, TXP and MXP) alarms.
This command does not return all conditions that are returned by other, more specific RTRV-COND commands; RTRV-COND-ALL returns a subset of these conditions. Telcordia GR-253-CORE, Section 6.2.1.8.4 states a retrieval that returns ALL conditions from a node (RTRV-COND-ALL) must omit any conditions that are “same root cause” as other raised conditions. The section also states any retrieval of a subset of the conditions from a node, regardless of how the subsetting occurs, should not omit these “same root cause” conditions.
RTRV-COND-STS1, for example, includes “same root cause” conditions in the set it returns and RTRV-COND-ALL does not.
To retrieve all the NE conditions, issue all of the following commands:
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-ALL:[<TID>]:[<AID>]:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. String. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],<LOCN>,<DIRECTION>,[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“RPRIF-2-0,T3:MJ,FORCE-REQ,SA,01-01,16-00-20,NEND,RCV,\"FORCED SWITCH REQUEST\""
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.37 RTRV-COND-BITS
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Building Integrated Timing Supply (RTRV-COND-BITS) command retrieves the standing conditions on BITS.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-BITS:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “BITS” section. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BITS-1,BITS:CR,LOS,SA,01-01,16-02-15,,,\“LOS OF SIGNAL\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “BITS” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
(Optional) Type of access identifier. Specifies the type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.38 RTRV-COND-ENV
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Environmental Condition (RTRV-COND-ENV) command retrieves the environmental conditions.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-ENV:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<NTFCNCDE>],[<ALMTYPE>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Note For RTRV-ALM-ENV, only ENV-IN-{1-4} is a valid AID for ONS 15454. ENV-OUT-{1,6} is not a valid AID for RTRV-ALM-ENV. |
|
Two-letter notification code. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The alarm type for the environmental alarm. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<NTFCNCDE>,<ALMTYPE>,[<OCRDAT>],[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],
[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-IN-1:MJ,OPENDR,01-01,16-02-15,,,,\“OPEN DOOR\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The alarm type for the environmental alarm. The parameter type is ENV_ALM, which is the environmental alarm type. |
|
Explosive gas, toxic gas, ventilation fail, or gas monitor fail |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.39 RTRV-COND-EQPT
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Equipment (RTRV-COND-EQPT) command retrieves the equipment conditions.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-EQPT:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1,EQPT:CR,LOS,SA,01-01,16-02-15,NEND,RCV,\"LOS OF SIGNAL\"”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.40 RTRV-COND-SYNCN
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Condition Synchronization (RTRV-COND-SYNCN) command retrieves the synchronization condition.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-COND-SYNCN:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<TYPEREQ>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:[<NTFCNCDE>],<TYPEREP>,[<SRVEFF>],[<OCRDAT>],
[<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>],[<DESC>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE,SYNCN:MJ,FRNGSYNC,SA,01-01,16-02-15,,,
\“FREE RUNNING SYNCHRONIZATION MODE\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYN” section that has an alarm condition. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The value is always SYNCN. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
(Optional) Two-letter notification code. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
The type of condition to be retrieved. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) The effect on service caused by the standing alarm or condition. The parameter type is SERV_EFF, which is the effect of the alarm on service. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
21.41 RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Console Port (RTRV-CONSOLE-PORT) command retrieves the status of the console port from the ML-Series cards.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-2:PORT=ENABLED”
;
Output Parameters

21.42 RTRV-COS-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Cost of Service Ethernet (RTRV-COS-ETH) command retrieves the egress parameters of a CoS table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[QOSENABLED=<QOSENABLED>],[BW0=<BWO>],
[WEIGHT0=<WEIGHT0>],[BW1=<BW1>],[WEIGHT1=<WEIGHT1>],[BW2=<BW2>],
[WEIGHT2=<WEIGHT2>],[BW3=<BW3>],[WEIGHT3=<WEIGHT3>],[BW4=<BW4>],
[WEIGHT4=<WEIGHT4>],[BW5=<BW5>],[WEIGHT5=<WEIGHT5>],[BW6=<BW6>],
[WEIGHT6=<WEIGHT6>],[BW7=<BW7>],[WEIGHT7=<WEIGHT7>][:]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-5-1-1::QOSENABLED=Y,BW0=10,WEIGHT0=0,BW1=20,WEIGHT1=2,BW2=40,
WEIGHT2=4,BW3=60,WEIGHT3=6,BW4=70,WEIGHT4=8,BW5=80,WEIGHT5=10,BW6=85,
WEIGHT6=12,BW7=100,WEIGHT7=15:”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Used to enable or disable the egress quality of service (QoS) policy of an L2 Ethernet port. |
|
Value represents the weighted round-robin (WRR) weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
|
Value represents the WRR weight associated to the CoS values. It is an integer value ranging between 0 and 15. |
21.43 RTRV-CRS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Cross-Connect (RTRV-CRS) command retrieves all the cross-connections based on the required PATH types.
Usage Guidelines
- This command retrieves all the STS and/or VT cross-connections on the NE, or on the specified shelf, card, or port.
- A NULL AID defaults to ALL (NE).
- A NULL PATH defaults to all the existing cross-connections.
- Both DRITYPE and DRINODE optional fields are available to support MSSPR-DRI. DRITYPE is applied only if the cross-connect is a drop-and-continue connection (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to SNCP for the DRI. DRINODE must be specified only if at least one end of the connection is on the MS-SPRing, and defaults to NA.
- CKTID is a string of ASCII characters. The maximum length of CKTID is 48. If the CKTID is EMPTY or NULL it will not appear.
- VC values in CRS_TYPE are not supported in this command.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section that can be EQPT, Facility, STS, VT, or ALL. The ALL AID defaults to NE, which means it reports all the existing cross-connections on the NE. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
The cross-connection type. Defaults to all existing cross-connections. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is PATH, which is the modifier for path commands. Note The cross-connection type cannot be VT, if the AID specified is an STS AID. |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 3 concatenated (155.52 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 9 concatenated (466.56 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 12 concatenated (622.08 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 18 concatenated (933.12 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 24 concatenated (1244.16 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 36 concatenated (1866.24 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 48 concatenated (2488.32 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous transport signal/module level 192 concatenated (9953.28 Mbps) |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<CCT>,<CRSTYPE>:[DRITYPE=<DRITYPE>],[DRINODE=<SYNCSW>],
[CKTID=<CKTID>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-2&STS-6-1-2,STS-12-1-2&STS-13-1-2:1WAYDC,STS1:DRITYPE=BLSR,
DRINODE=PRI,CKTID=CKTID:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. Indicates the source AID(s) of the cross-connection. SRC is listable. |
|
Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “CrossConnectId” section. DST is listable. |
|
Type of connection. Used for specifying one or two-way connections. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries Note In ONS 15454 Software Release 3.0 and later, 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects that can be retrieved with TL1. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber |
|
A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated DRIs |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber |
|
Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect). |
|
The cross-connection type. The parameter type is CRS_TYPE, which is the cross-connection type. Note The cross-connection type cannot be VT, if the AID specified is an STS AID. |
|
(Optional) The DRI connection type. It is applied only if the cross-connection is a drop-and-continue connection type (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI configuration. The parameter type is DRITYPE (DRI type). |
|
(Optional) Synchronization switch AID from the “SYNCSW” section. |
|
(Optional) Circuit identification parameter that contains a common language ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. It cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string. |
|
Primary state and primary state qualifier separated by a colon. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) One or more secondary states separated by “&”, in alphabetical order. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.44 RTRV-CRS-<PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Cross-Connect for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-CRS-<PATH>) command retrieves any connections associated with the entered AID(s) or AID range. The information on both ends is returned along with the type of connection.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Note ● The path protection STS cross-connection can be retrieved by using “&” in the AID fields of this command.
– To retrieve a 1-way selector or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:
If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.
If retrieved on point T1, the output will be:
– To retrieve a 1-way bridge or 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:
– To retrieve a 1-way subtending path protection connection or 2-way subtending path protection cross-connection with:
If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output format is the same as the 1-way output.
If retrieved on point T1 or T2, the output will be:
– To retrieve a 2-way selector and bridge cross-connection with:
ENT-CRS-<PATH>::F1&F2,S1&S2:<CTAG>::2WAY;
from points: F1, F2 (F1 is the working side, F2 is the protect side)
selector: S1, S2 (S1 is the working side, S2 is the protect side)
If retrieved on point F1 or F2, the output will be:
If retrieved on selector S1 or S2, the output will be:
– To retrieve a path protection IDRI cross-connect with:
– To retrieve a path protection DRI cross-connect with:
- All A&B AIDs in the TL1 cross-connection command are in the format of WorkingAID&ProtectAID.
- STS_PATH does not include STS for the RTRV-CRS command because STS is not a standard designator as defined by Telcordia GR-833, Section A-2.
- Both the 1WAYPCA and 2WAYPCA is used to specify a PCA cross-connection.
- The facility AID is only valid on slots with a G1K-4 card.
- The virtual facility AID (VFAC) is only valid on slots holding the ML-Series card.
- Both DRITYPE and DRINODE optional fields are available to support BLSR-DRI. DRITYPE is applied only if the cross-connect is a drop-and-continue connection (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI. DRINODE must be specified only if at least one end of the connection is on the BLSR, and defaults to NA.
- The DS3XM-12 card allows portless STS1/VT1.5 cross-connection provisioning on the PORTLESS ports.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<CCT>,<MOD>:[DRITYPE=<DRITYPE>],[DRINODE=<SYNCSW>],
[CKTID=<CKTID>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-2&STS-6-1-2,STS-12-1-2&STS-13-1-2:1WAYDC,STS1:DRITYPE=BLSR,
DRINODE=PRI,CKTID=CKTID:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. Indicates the source AID(s) of the cross-connection. SRC is listable. |
|
Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “CrossConnectId” section. DST is listable. |
|
Type of connection. Used for specifying one or two-way connections. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries Note With ONS 15454 Software R3.0 and later, 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from CTC. Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects and can be retrieved by TL1. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber |
|
A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated dual-ring interconnects |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber |
|
Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect) |
|
The connection path bandwidth. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
(Optional) The DRI connection type. It is applied only if the cross-connection is a drop-and-continue connection type (1WAYDC or 2WAYDC), and defaults to path protection for the DRI configuration. The parameter type is DRITYPE (DRI type). |
|
(Optional) Synchronization switch AID from the “SYNCSW” section. |
|
(Optional) A string of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. CKTID is a string. |
|
Primary state and primary state qualifier separated by a colon. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) One or more secondary states separated by “&”, in alphabetical order. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.45 RTRV-CRS-ETH
This command retrieve an Ethernet Connection between two or more ethernet connection end points within ethernet facilities.
Usage Guidelines
This command accept the ALL AID. Use one of the specified ethernet end points and the connection end point identifier associated in order to identify a cross-connection inside the node.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Ethernet connection identifier AIDs used to access L2 ethernet connection end point. |
|
The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. |
|
Output Format

Output Example

"ETH-1-1-1-13,ETH-1-21-1-13Ð-1-22-1-13:2WAY:CKTID=ETHERNET:IS-NR";
Output Parameters

21.46 RTRV-DFLT-SECU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Default Security (RTRV-DFLT-SECU) command retrieves the system-wide default values associated with several security parameters.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier. ALL is the only acceptable value. AID is a string. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<NE>:PAGE=<PAGE>,PCND=<PCND>,MXINV=<MXINV>,DURAL=<DURAL>,TMOUT=<TMOUT>,UOUT=<UOUT>,PFRCD=<PFRCD>,POLD=<POLD>,PINT=<PINT>,LOGIN=<LOGIN>,[PRIVLVL=<PRIVLVL>],[PDIF=<PDIF>],[PWDCHRULE=<PWDCHRULE>],[PWDMINLEN=<PWDMINLEN>],[PWDMAXLEN=<PWDMAXLEN>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“TCC2:PAGE=40,PCND=5,MXINV=5,DURAL=30,TMOUT=0,UOUT=60,PFRCD=NO,
POLD=5,PINT=20,LOGIN=MULTIPLE,PRIVLVL=RTRV,PDIF=1”
;
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“107161:PAGE=0,PCND=0,MXINV=5,DURAL=30,TMOUT=0,UOUT=0,PFRCD=NO,POLD=1,PINT=0,LOGIN=MULTIPLE,PRIVLVL=RTRV,PDIF=1,PWDCHRULE=ANY_CHAR,PWDMINLEN=2,PWDMAXLEN=20”
;
Output Parameters

21.47 RTRV-DS1
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve DS1 (RTRV-DS1) command retrieves the test access attributes on a DS1 layer of a DS3XM card.

Note Frame format is not applicable to even port less ports on DS3XM-12 card and cannot be retrieved through RTRV-DS1 command.
Usage Guidelines
- Both the MODE and the FMT fields of this command are applied for the DS3XM-12 card only.
- If the DS1 mode of the DS3XM-12 is ATT, the DS1 path can retrieve AT&T/54016 FEND PM counts up to 96 15-minute intervals; if the DS1 mode of the DS3XM-12 is FDL, the DS1 path can retrieve FDL/T1-403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in RTRV-PM-DS1.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1 frame format NE default is AUTO_PROV_FMT for the first 30 seconds to determine the real format. After 30 seconds, the DS1 frame format is the detected frame. If the frame format is not determined, it will be in the UNFRAMED format.
- For the preprovisioning DS3XM-12 card, its DS1 frame format defaults to UNFRAMED.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS1-configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply to the ported ports (1 to 12) and the VT-mapped (odd) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands. Provisioning or retrieving DS1 attributes on the DS3-mapped (even) portless ports in xxx-xxx-DS1 commands is not allowed.
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The DS1 path access identifier of the DS3XM card from the “DS1” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>],
[MODE=<MODE>],[FMT=<FMT>],[BERTMODE=<BERTMODE>],
[BERTPATTERN=<BERTPATTERN>],[BERTERRCOUNT=<BERTERRCOUNT>],
[BERTERRRATE=<BERTERRRATE>], [BERTSYNCSTATUS=<BERTSYNCSTATUS>]";
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"DS1-2-1-6-12::TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,MODE=FDL,FMT=ESF,BERTMODE=NONE,
BERTPATTERN=NONE,BERTERRCOUNT=0,BERTERRRATE=NONE,
BERTSYNCSTATUS=N";
Output Parameters

(Optional) Access identifier from the “DS1” section. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Default is N. TACC is an integer. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if an AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
(Optional) Mode. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card |
|
Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in AT&T 54016 mode. |
|
Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode. |
|
(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) or Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT. |
|
Integer value. Value -1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
|
Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down. |
|
21.48 RTRV-DSCP-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The RTRV-DSCP-<MOD2> command retrieves Differentiated Service Code Points (DSCP) to COS conversion table associated to a L2 ethernet port or a channel group.
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable when the INGRESSCOS parameter is set to DSCP value on the ethernet port or channel group.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:<COS>:[DSCPFIRST=<DSCP_FIRST>],[DSCPLAST=<DSCP_LAST>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-5-1-1:0:DSCPFIRST=0,DSCPLAST=9:”
;
TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-5-1-1:0:DSCPFIRST=0,DSCPLAST=9:”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
|
DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0 |
|
DSCP range. Indicates a DSCP value used in the ethernet frame to define the QoS in L3 ethernet transport. It is a number in the range 0..64. Default values is 0. |
21.49 RTRV-EC1
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Electrical Carrier (RTRV-EC1) command retrieves the facility status of an EC1 card.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[PJMON=<PJMON>],[LBO=<LBO>],[RXEQUAL=<RXEQUAL>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],
[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[NAME=<NAME>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>],[AISONLPBK=<AISONLPBK>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::PJMON=0,LBO=0-225,RXEQUAL=Y,SOAK=52,SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,
SDBER=1E-7,NAME=\"EC1 PORT\",EXPTRC="AAA",TRC="AAA",TRCMODE=MAN,
TRCFORMAT=16-BYTE,AISONLPBK=AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL:IS-NR,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) A SONET pointer monitor attribute of an EC1 port. PJMON is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line buildout. |
|
(Optional) Parameter type is EXT_RING, which indicates if the ring supports the extended K1/K2/K3 protocol. |
|
IS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Signal failure threshold. The default value is 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) Signal degrade threshold. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
(Optional) Trace message size. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if an AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.50 RTRV-EFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (RTRV-EFM) command retrieves the Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) state on the port and EFM protocol parameters associated with that port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[STATE=<STATE>], [MODE=<MODE>],
[LFACTION=<LFACTION>],[DGACTION=<DGACTION>],[SESSIONTIMER=<SESSIONTIMER>],[EFMREMOTELPBK=<EFMREMOTELPBK>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,STATE=DISABLE,MODE=ACTIVE,LFACTION=NONE,SESSIONTIMER=5,EFMREMOTELPBK=N:”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Indicates whether the EFM is enabled or disabled on the port. |
|
21.51 RTRV-EQPT
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Equipment (RTRV-EQPT) command retrieves the data parameters and state parameters associated with a card or shelf. The command retrieves the card type, equipped state, and the state of that card. The command modifies the provision details of AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards and its facilities.
Usage Guidelines
This command returns the PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV parameters for a card inside a protection group according to the following scenarios:
- A working AID/card within a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV.
- A protection/AID card within a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, RVTM, and RVRTV.
- A working AID/card within a 1:N protection group will return PRTYPE, PROTID, RVTM, and RVRTV=Y.
- A protection AID/card of a 1:1 protection group will return PRTYPE, RVTM, and RVRTV=Y.
- An unprotected AID/card will return the AID type, equip (equip/unequip), status (act/standby), and state (IS/OOS) values.
- Preprovisioned cards (without being plugged in) will display OOS,AINS for PST and SST. After the card is plugged in and has gone through its initialization sequence, the card automatically goes to IS state (PST).
- The CARDMODE parameter is displayed for ML-Series Ethernet, FC_MR-4, DS1/E1-56, and DWDM xponder cards.
- The RETIME parameter is only displayed for the DS1/E1-56 (ONS 15454) card.
- The TRANSMODE parameter is only displayed for the DS1/E1-56 card.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

"<AID>:<AIDTYPE>,<EQUIP>,, [<STATUS>]:[<CARDNAME>],: <PST>,[<SST>];
Output Example

"SLOT-1:TNC,EQUIP,,ACT:CARDNAME=TNC,:IS-NR,"
"SLOT-3:AR-XP,EQUIP,,STBY:CARDNAME=ROCCIA NERA 7,:OOS-AU,FLT"
"SLOT-4:AR-XP,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"
"SLOT-6:TXP-MR-10E,EQUIP,,STBY:CARDNAME=15454-10E-L1-C 1529.55,CARDMODE=DWDM-TRANS-SQUELCH,:IS-NR,"
"PPM-3-1:PPM-1,EQUIP,,NA:CARDNAME=SD-SDI/HD-SDI/SDI3G-TX-1310NM,:IS-NR,"
"PPM-3-5:PPM-1,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"
"PPM-3-6:PPM-1,UNEQUIP,,NA::OOS-AU,AINS&UEQ"
"PPM-3-7:PPM-1,EQUIP,,NA:CARDNAME=ESCON/ETR-CLO-1310NM,:IS-NR,"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
The type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is EQUIPMENT-TYPE (equipment type). |
|
(ONS 15454) 32 channel unidirectional optical multiplexer |
|
(ONS 15454) 32 channel optical wavelength selective switch for C Band |
|
(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical wavelength switch selector for C Band |
|
(ONS 15454) 40 channel optical wavelength cross-connect/wavelength router for C Band |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 1 band filter |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 1 channel filter |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 2 channels filter |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 4 bands filter |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical add/drop multiplexed (OADM) 4 channels filter |
|
(ONS 15454) 16 x OC3/OC12/OC48/GIGE and OC192/Trunk ADM 10 Gbps card |
|
(ONS 15454) Monviso 10G (4 * 2.5G) muxponder card with enhanced FEC |
|
(ONS 15454) Cengalo 10G (4 * 2.5G) muxponder with enhanced FEC card |
|
(ONS 15454) Multirate 10Gbps datamux with enhanced dispersion |
|
(ONS 15454) Optical service channel (OSC) with combiner/separator module (SCM) |
|
(ONS 15454) Skane 10G multirate transponder card with enhanced FEC |
|
Indicates if the equipment is physically present. The parameter type is EQUIP, which is the presence of a plug-in unit. |
|
Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) Indicates a status. SDH card status is shown on its card level. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is ON_OFF, which disables or enables an attribute. |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to SNCP. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME (revertive time). |
|
(Optional) Contains the manufacturing name of the card when it is different from the EQUIPMENT_TYPE. |
|
(Optional) Displays the information about startup IOS config file for the ML series card. A example of this field is "TL1,11.22.33.44//DIR/IOS.CONF,2002/1/1 9:1:1 EST". The following information is included in this field: 1) Where the config file is from: TL1, or CTC/CTM/CLI/TCC; 2) The host (IP address)/directory/file name, if the config file is downloaded from the network; 3) When the startup config file is created (by copying from the network, for example). This field only applies to ML series card. IOSCFG is a string. |
|
(Optional) Card mode. The parameter type is CARDMODE (card mode). Card mode is applicable to cards that have multiple capabilities, for example, the ML-Series card can operate in two distinct modes: Linear Mapper mode and L2/L3 mode. |
|
The optical amplifier is working as an optical preamplifier. |
|
CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Only) cards supports auto-allocation of back-end channels. |
|
CE-MR-10 (Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Only) cards supports manual-allocation of back-end channels. |
|
ML-Series card in DOS FPGA which supports Resilient Packet Ring (RPR). |
|
4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 and 5 |
|
4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on port one and Fibre Channel, GIGE and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 5 to 8 |
|
Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH 1MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on all eight ports |
|
Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 to 4 and 4 Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 5 |
|
Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on all eight ports |
|
4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON mode for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 and 5 |
|
Fibre Channel, GIGE, and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 1 to 4 and 4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 5 |
|
4-Gbps Fibre Channel/FICON supported on Port 1 and Fibre Channel, GIGE and ISC modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_MR_10DME_C or MXP_MR_10DME_L card supported on Ports 5 to 8 |
|
Mixed Fibre Channel, GIGE and ESCON modes for the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH MXP_2.5G_10G card |
|
Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID. |
|
Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to DWDM flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL". |
|
(Optional) Indicates the RETIME function for all the facilities on this card. Applies only to the DS1/E1-56 card. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
The role of the shelf in the context of the node. When it is omitted it defaults to SC. The parameter is SHELF_ROLE. |
|
Indicates the fast ring protection enable mode for GE-XP/10GE-XP units involved in a protection scheme. |
|
Indicates the hold off timer value. The protection do not start until the hold off expire. |
|
Customer VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINCVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN. |
|
Service provider VLAN identifier for REP. ADMINSVLAN is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved to untagged VLAN. |
|
CRC threshold values beyond which alarms are raised. The available threshold values are 10E-2, 10E-3, and 10E-4. |
|
Number of poll cycles during which defect is integrated. The value ranges from 3 to 10. |
|
(Optional) Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state of the entity. SST is listable. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.52 RTRV-ESCON
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Enterprise System Connection (RTRV-ESCON) command retrieves the Fibre Channel-specific settings for ports that have been configured to carry ESCON traffic using the ENT-ESCON command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[ENCAP=<ENCAP>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1:,,WORK,ACT:ENCAP=GFP-T”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) The port role in Y-cable protection (WORK or PROT). The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) A port status in Y-cable protection (ACT or STBY). The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Encapsulation frame type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
21.53 RTRV-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Ethernet (RTRV-ETH) command retrieves the front-end port information of an Ethernet card.
Usage Guidelines
This command retrieves the front-end port information of 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet cards. However, RTRV-POS will display the MTU, which is common for front and backend ports.
The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.

Note This command is available in Software Release 8.0.1 and later. It is not available in R8.0.0 and later.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINKSTATE=<LINKSTATE>],[FLOWCTRL=<FLOWCTRL>],[DUPLEX=<DUPLEX>],
[SPEED=<SPEED>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[EXPDUPLEX=<EXPDUPLEX>],
[EXPSPEED=<EXPSPEED>],[VLANCOS=<VLANCOS>],[IPTOS=<IPTOS>],
[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],
[SELECTIVEAUTO=<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE>],[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]";
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-1::LINKSTATE=DOWN,FLOWCTRL=SYMMETRIC, DUPLEX=AUTO,SPEED=AUTO,FLOW=FLOW,EXPDUPLEX=AUTO,
EXPSPEED=AUTO,VLANCOS=7,IPTOS=255,OPTICS=1000-BASE-LX,
NAME=\"ETH PORT\",SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\", SELECTIVEAUTO=N,LIENABLE=Y,LITIMER=200:OOS-AU,
AINS";
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Link state. The parameter type is UP_DOWN, which indicates an up or down value. |
|
Flow control. The parameter is FLOW, which indicates the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. Defaults to NONE. |
|
The parameter is ETHER_DUPLEX, which indicates duplex mode. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED which indicates Ethernet speed. Defaults to AUTO. |
|
(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode. |
|
(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on VLAN class of service for incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Priority queing threshold based on IP type of service for incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Optics. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used. |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and the PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.54 RTRV-EXT-CONT
( Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve External Control (RTRV-EXT-CONT) command retrieves the control state of an external control. The command can be used to audit the result of an OPR-EXT-CONT or a RLS-EXT-CONT command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. The only valid AID for RTRV-EXT-CONT is ENV-OUT-{1-2}. |
|
Environmental control type. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<CONTTYPE>],<DUR>,[<CONTSTATE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ENV-OUT-2:AIRCOND,CONTS,OPEN”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ENV” section. Identifies the external control for which the control state is being retrieved. |
|
(Optional) Environmental control type. The parameter type is CONTTYPE, which is the environmental control type. |
|
Duration of operation. The duration for which the external control can be operated. The parameter type is Duration. |
|
(Optional) Control state of the external control. The parameter type is CONT_MODE, which is the current state of the environmental control. |
|
21.55 RTRV-FAC
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Facility (RTRV-FAC) command retrieves the payload type of the facility. It can also dump all the facilities on a given card and is applicable to all cards.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>::PAYLOAD=<PAYLOAD>:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-9::PAYLOAD=E4-FRAMED:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Payload type of the facility. The parameter type is PAYLOAD, which identifies payload type. |
|
Administrative state in the PST-PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.56 RTRV-FFP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group (RTRV-FFP) command retrieves all optical 1+1 protection groups.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Optical facility access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>:<LEVEL>:[PROTID=<PROTID>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>],[OPOTYPE=<OPOTYPE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1:OC48:PROTID="PROT_NAME",RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI,
VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0,OPOTYPE=OPTIMIZED”
;
Output Parameters

The working port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
The protected port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Optical rate the protection group was defined against. The parameter type is OCN_TYPE, which is the modifier used to differentiate various levels of OC-N. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive. |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations. |
|
(Optional) Verification guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 verification guard timer. |
|
(Optional) Detection guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 detection guard timer. |
|
(Optional) Recovery guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer. |
|
(Optional) 1+1 protection type. The parameter type is ONE_PLUS_ONE, which is the 1+1 protection type. |
|
21.57 RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-FFP-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the values facility protection that exists on that port.
Usage Guidelines
The command does not support 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, and AUTO payloads on AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<NTFCNCDE>,<CONDTYPE>,<SRVEFF>,[<OCRDAT>], [<OCRTM>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRN>]:[<DESC>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-1-1-1,VFAC-2-1-1::PROTTYPE=Y-CABLE,PROTID=\"DC-METRO\", RVRTV=N,RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=BI"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) The type of facility protection. The parameter type is PROTTYPE, which is the protection type for DWDM client facilities. |
|
Y-cable protection for the client ports on TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. |
|
(Optional) Y-cable protection group identifier. PROTID is a string. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. Defaults to 5.0 minutes. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations. |
|
21.58 RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, or OC768 (RTRV-FFP-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves the optical facility protection information.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Note Optimized 1+1 and related attributes only apply to the ONS 15454.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>],[VRGRDTM=<VRGRDTM>],
[DTGRDTM=<DTGRDTM>],[RCGRDTM=<RCGRDTM>],[OPOTYPE=<OPOTYPE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,FAC-1-1::PROTTYPE=Y-CABLE,PROTID="PROT_NAME",RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,
PSDIRN=BI,VRGRDTM=0.5,DTGRDTM=1.0,RCGRDTM=1.0,OPOTYPE=OPTIMIZED”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Identifies the working port. |
|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Identifies the protection port. |
|
(Optional) Protection group type. Applicable only to DWDM cards. The parameter type is PROTTYPE, which is the protection type for DWDM client facilities. |
|
Y-cable protection for the client ports on TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. |
|
(Optional) Free-form text string name given to the 1+1 protection group. PROTID is a string. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N, non-revertive. |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. Defaults to 5.0 minutes. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Protection switch operation. Identifies the switching mode. Defaults to UNI. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode. |
|
(Optional) Verification guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is VERIFICATION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 verification guard timer. |
|
(Optional) Detection guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is DETECTION_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 detection guard timer. |
|
(Optional) Recovery guard timer. Only applies to optimized 1+1. The parameter type is RECOVERY_GUARD_TIMER, which is the optimized 1+1 recovery guard timer. |
|
(Optional) 1+1 protection type. The parameter type is ONE_PLUS_ONE, which is the 1+1 protection type. |
|
21.59 RTRV-FFP-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group Optical Channel (RTRV-FFP-OCH) command retrieves the protection group information for the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card trunk port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>,[,PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,CHAN-2-3::PROTTYPE=SPLITTER,PROTID=\“TRUNK PROT\”,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=UNI”
;
Output Parameters

The working port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
The protected port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations. |
|
21.60 RTRV-FFP-OTS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Facility Protection Group OTS (RTRV-FFP-OTS) command retrieves the protection group information for the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G card trunk port and OTU2-XP and optical protection switching unit.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<WORK>,<PROTECT>::[PROTTYPE=<PROTTYPE>],[PROTID=<PROTID>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>,[,PSDIRN=<PSDIRN>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,CHAN-2-3::PROTTYPE=SPLITTER,PROTID=\“TRUNK PROT\”,RVRTV=Y,
RVTM=1.0,PSDIRN=UNI”
;
Output Parameters

The working port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
The protected port access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Defaults to N. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Protection switch operation. Direction of reversion. The parameter type is UNI_BI, which is the unidirectional and bidirectional switch operations. |
|
21.61 RTRV-FOG
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Fan-Out-Group (ENT-FOG) command retrieves Fan-Out-Groups.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Examples

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[PTSYSID=<PTSYSID>],[FOGID=<FOGID>],[FOMEM=<FOMEM>],
[<PEERMEM=<PEERMEM>],[STATE=<STATE>],[QUEUEMODE=<QUEUEMODE>],[PBNAME=<PBNAME>]”;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FOG-1-36:PTSYSID=1,FOGID=36,FOMEM=FAC-2-2-1,STATE=UNKNOWN”
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
This is AID of the provisioned FOG. The valid range is [-{1}]-{36-55}. |
|
21.62 RTRV-FSTE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Fast Ethernet (RTRV-FSTE) command retrieves the front-end port information of a Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps) card. MTU is not displayed for the ML-100T-8 and CE-100T-8 cards.
Usage Guidelines
This command retrieves the front-end port information of Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbps) cards. MTU is not displayed for CE-100T-8 and ML-100T-8. However, RTRV-POS will display the MTU, which is common for front and backend ports.
The SELECTIVEAUTO parameter is applicable only when EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX are not set to AUTO mode.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>:[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<ADMINSTATE>],[<LINKSTATE>],[<MTU>],[<FLOWCTRL>],[ <OPTICS>],[<DUPLEX>],[<SPEED>],[<FLOW>],[<EXPDUPLEX>],[<EXPSPEED>],[<VLANCOS THRESHOLD>],[<IPTOSTHRESHOLD>],[<NAME>],[<SUPPRESS>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>], [<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[<LIENABLE>],[<LITIMER>],[<LBCL>],[<OPT>],[<OPR>],[<FREQ>],[< LOSSB>],[<ACTFLOW>],[<ACTDUPLEX>],[<ACTSPEED>],[<CIR>],[<CBS>],[<EBS>],[<OSC>],[SQUELCHMODE=<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PST>,[<SST>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-4-1-1:WORK,STBY:MTU=9700,DUPLEX=FULL,SPEED=100_MBPS,SOAK=32,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,AUTONEG=Y,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
Identifies a port status in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down). |
|
(Optional) Link protocol. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down). |
|
(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. |
|
(Optional) Optics. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
(Optional) Duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX (duplex mode). |
|
(Optional) Speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
(Optional) Flow. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode. |
|
(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on VLAN class of service of incoming Ethernet packets. VLANCOS is an integer in the range 0 to 7. Defaults to 7. |
|
(Optional) Priority queuing threshold based on IP type of service of incoming Ethernet packets. IPTOS is an integer in the range 0 to 255. Defaults to 255. |
|
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and the PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. the parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.63 RTRV-FTPSERVER
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve FTP Server (RTRV-FTPSERVER) command retrieves FTP server entries.
Usage Guidelines
FTP server entries cannot be retrieved using the TIMER filter.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-FTPSERVER:[<TID>]::<CTAG>:::[IPADDR=<IPADDR>],[IPMASK=<IPMASK>],
[ENABLE=<ENABLE>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
",:IPADDR=<IPADDR>,IPMASK=<IPMASK>, ENABLE=<ENABLE>,TIMER=<TIMER>"
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
",:IPADDR=10.20.30.40,IPMASK=255.0.0.0, ENABLE=Y,TIMER=10"
;
Output Parameters

Specifies the enable/disable option of the FTP Server. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
21.64 RTRV-G1000
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve G1000 Facility (RTRV-G1000) command retrieves the G1000 facilities configuration.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[MFS=<MFS>],[FLOW=<FLOW>],[LAN=<LAN>],[OPTICS=<OPTICS>],
[TRANS=<TRANS>],[TPORT=<TPORT>],[LOWMRK=<LOWMRK>],
[HIWMRK=<HIWMRK>],[AUTONEG=<AUTONEG>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],
[NAME=<NAME>],[SOAK=<SOAK>],[SOAKLEFT=<SOAKLEFT>],[LIENABLE=<LIENABLE],
[LITIMER=<LITIMER>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::MFS=9032,FLOW=N,LAN=ASYMMETRIC,OPTICS=UNKNOWN,TRANS=NONE,
TPORT=FAC-5-1,LOWMRK=20,HIWMRK=492,AUTONEG=Y,ENCAP=GFP_T,
NAME=\“G1000 PORT\”,SOAK=32,SOAKLEFT=\"12-25\", LIENABLE=Y,
LITIMER=300:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Maximum frame size. The parameter type is MFS_TYPE, which is the maximum frame size used by an Ethernet card. |
|
Flow control. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Local-area network. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. |
|
(Optional) GBIC type. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used. |
|
(Optional) Transponder mode. The parameter type is TRANS_MODE, which is the G1000 transponder mode. |
|
(Optional) Transponding port access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Automatic negotiation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1-minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Enable or Disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples on 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
Administrative state in the PST-PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.65 RTRV-GFP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Generic Framing Protocol (RTRV-GFP) command retrieves GFP information for the ONS 15454 CE-100T-8 and CE-1000-4 cards.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Note VFAC AID is used for the CE-100T-8 cards on |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[FCS=<FCS>],[AUTOTHGFPBUF=<AUTOTHGFPBUF>],
[GFPBUF=<GFPBUF>],[FILTER=<FILTER>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::FCS=FCS-32,AUTOTHGFPBUF=Y,GFPBUF=16,FILTER=EGRESS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS, which is the frame check sequence. |
|
(Optional) Flag used to indicate whether PDI-P should be generated on the outgoing VT-structured STSs. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Parameter type is GFP_FILTER, which is the filter. |
|
21.66 RTRV-GIGE
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Gigabit (GIGE/10GIGE) Ethernet command retrieves the attributes and state of Gigabit Ethernet facilities.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<ADMINSTATE>],[<LINKSTATE>],[<MTU>],[<MFS>],[<FLOW>],[<FLOWCTRL>],[<AUTONEG>],[<HIWMRK>],[<LOWMRK>],[<OPTICS>],[<DUPLEX>],[<SPEED>],[<NAME>],[<MACADDR>],[<LBCL>],[<OPT>],[<OPR>],[<FREQ>],[<LOSSB>],[<SUPPRESS>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SQUELCH>],[<CIR>],[<CBS>],[<EBS>],[<LIENABLE>],[<LITIMER>],[<ACTFLOW>],[<ACTDUPLEX>],[<ACTSPEED>],[<OSC>],[<ENCAP>],[<PAUSEFRAME>],[<CLNTDST>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<ESMC>],[<EXPSPEED>],[<EXPDUPLEX>],[<SELECTIVEAUTO>],[<INTERCONMODE>],[<SQUELCHMODE>]:<PORTMODE>,[<PST>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-4-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:MTU=9700,,AUTONEG=Y,DUPLEX=FULL,SPEED=1_GBPS,MACADDR=08-E5-78-6C-02-7F,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,SOAK=32,ACTDUPLEX=AUTO,ACTSPEED=AUTO,SYNCMSG=Y,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,ESMC=N,SQUELCHMODE=SQUELCH:OOS-MA,DSBLD"
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Identifies the port role in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
Identifies a port status in a Y-cable protection scheme. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down). |
|
(Optional) Link protocol. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down). |
|
(Optional) Encapsulation frame type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
(Optional) Flow control. The parameter type is FLOW, which is the type of flow control that has been negotiated for an Ethernet port. |
|
(Optional) Automatic negotiation. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Optics type. The parameter type is OPTICS, which is the type of Gigabit Ethernet optics being used. |
|
(Optional) Duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode. |
|
(Optional) Speed. The parameter type is ALS_MODE, which is the automatic laser shutdown mode. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which is the reach value. |
|
(Optional) Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Enable or disable link integrity timer. Takes either Y or N. Value Y enables the LITIMER and value N disables LITIMER. By default LITIMER is enabled. Note The LIENABLE parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
(Optional) Link integrity timer duration in the range between 200 ms and 10000 ms in multiples of 100 ms. Note The LITIMER parameter is supported on only CE-1000-4 and CE-1000T-8 cards on the 15454. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) Frame encapsulation type. The parameter type is ENCAP, which is the frame encapsulation type. |
|
(Optional) Facility AID from the “FACILITY” section |
|
(Optional) Expected speed. Due to the auto-negotiation feature, actual speed may differ from expected speed. The parameter type is ETHER_SPEED, which is the Ethernet speed. |
|
(Optional) Ethernet duplex mode. The parameter type is ETHER_DUPLEX, which is the duplex mode. |
|
(Optional) Selective auto-negotiation. The parameter is Y or N (enable or disable auto-negotiation) This indicates selective auto-negotiation of EXPSPEED and EXPDUPLEX only. |
|
Ingress committed information rate. The value ranges from 0.0 to 100.0. The default value is 100.0. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which is the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.67 RTRV-HDLC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve High-Level Data Link Control (RTRV-HDLC) command retrieves HDLC-related attributes.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[FCS=<FCS>],[CRC=<CRS>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-1-1-1::FCS=FCS-16,CRC=CRC-16”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Payload frame check sequence. The parameter type is FCS, which is the frame check sequence. |
|
21.68 RTRV-HDR
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Header (RTRV-HDR) command retrieves the header of a TL1 response message. It is used by TL1 clients to determine if the link to the NE is still active and if the NE is responding to commands.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

21.69 RTRV-INV
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Inventory (RTRV-INV) command retrieves a list of the equipment inventory. For each unit in the system, the list identifies the unit's firmware numbers and Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI) codes, and the system’s product ID and version ID. This command also retrieves the inventory information from pluggable modules using the AID PPM-SLOT-PORT format. For multishelf nodes, the inventory parameters are retrieved by using RTRV-INV command with the BP AID. Because there is more that one shelf, the SHELFID is specified in the BP AID.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section or ALL. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[PLUGTYPE=<PLUGTYPE>],[PN=<PN>],[HWREV=<HWREV>],
[FWREV=<FWREV>],[SN=<SN>],[CLEI=<CLEI>],[TWL=<TWL>],
[PLUGINVENDORID=<PLUGINVENDORID>],[PLUGINPN=<PLUGINPN>],
[PLUGINHWREV=<PLUGINWREV>], [PLUGINFWREV=<PLUGINFWREV>],
[PLUGINSN=<PLUGINSN>],[ILOSSREF=<ILOSSREF>],[PID=<PID>],[VID=<VID>],
[FPGA=<FPGA>],[MODULETYPE=<MODULETYPE>]";
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-15,OC3-IR-4::PLUGTYPE=SX-IR-SW-SN,PN=87-31-00002,HWREV=004K, FWREV=76-99-00009-004A,SN=013510,CLEI=NOCLEI,TWL1=1546.12,TWL2=1546.92, TWL3=1547.72,TWL4=1548.51,PLUGINVENDORID=012345,PLUGINPN=ABCDE, PLUGINHWREV=ABCDE,PLUGINFWREV=01-02-03,PLUGINSN=01234,ILOSSREF=1.0, PID=CISCO_ONS15454,VID=V01,FPGA=F451,MODULETYPE=101”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section |
|
Specifies the type of (AID) facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. AIDTYPE is a string. |
|
(Optional) Describes the type of plug-in. PLUGTYPE is a string. |
|
(Optional) Firmware revision. It is also known as Bootrom revision. FWREV is a string. |
|
(Optional) Common language equipment identifier code for the equipment. CLEI is a string. |
|
(Optional) Third-party plug-in module HW part number. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINPN is a string. |
|
(Optional) Third-party plug-in module hardware revision. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINHWREV is a string. |
|
(Optional) Third-party plug-in module firmware. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINFWREV is a string. |
|
(Optional) Third-party plug-in module serial number. Applicable only to optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and OADM cards. PLUGINSW is a string. |
|
(Optional) The insertion loss reference calculated by the unit as worst insertion loss of all the unit. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Describes the type of embedded plugin module. String. |

Note If the SFP contains manufacturing information or data that is not compliant with Telcordia GR-831 (Appendix A), the system automatically adds quotes (\"\") around the invalid characters in the TL1 response. TL1 is Telcordia GR-831 compliant after Software Release 7.0.4.
21.70 RTRV-L2-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Layer 2 Ethernet (RTRV-L2-ETH) command retrieves the Layer 2 port information of the Ethernet card.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<NIMODE>],[<MACLEARNING>],[<INGRESSCOS>],[<ETHERCETYPE>],[<ETHERSTYPE>],[<ALWMACADDR>],[<INHMACADDR>],[<BPDU>],[<BRIDGESTATE>],[<ACTBRIDGESTATE>],[<QNQMODE>],[<TRNSPSVLAN>],[<NAME>],[<IGMPROUTER>],[<AISACTION>],[<PROTACTION>],[<IGMPONCVLAN>],[<IGMPCVLAN>],[<DLF>],[<DLFTHRES>],[<MCAST>],[<MCASTTHRES>],[<BCAST>],[<BCASTTHRES>],[<CLRCRCALM>]:”
Output Example

"ETH-5-1-22-1::NIMODE=NNI,MACLEARNING=Y,INGRESSCOS=0,ETHERCETYPE=8100,ETHERSTYPE=8100,BPDU=Y,BRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,ACTBRIDGESTATE=FORWARDING,QNQMODE=SELECTIVE,IGMPROUTER=NONE,AISACTION=AIS-NONE,PROTACTION=PROT-SQUELCH,IGMPONCVLAN=N,DLF=N,DLFTHRES=0,MCAST=N,MCASTTHRES=0,BCAST=N,BCASTTHRES=0,CLRCRCALM=N:"
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
MAC address learning mode. This activates MAC address learning on the interface to avoid packet broadcasting. |
|
Identifies the CoS value set in the service provider VLAN (S-VLAN) tag. |
|
Identifies a customer specific Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the customer VLAN (CE-VLAN) Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
|
Identifies a customer specific Ethernet type. If the customer uses a non-standard Ethernet type, the incoming packets will be accepted only if the CE-VLAN Ethernet type matches this parameter. |
|
Identifies the allowed MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form. |
|
Identifies the inhibited MAC addresses filtered out by the L2 Ethernet port. Every single MAC address is in the format of aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where every digit is in a hexadecimal form. |
|
Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) management mode; Drop/Passthrough BPDU tagged packets. |
|
This is used to represent the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) mode operations. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is added only on specified CE-VLANs. The other packets are dropped. |
|
The S-VLAN tag is always added where all packets having the S-VLAN-ID identified by the TRNSPSVLAN parameter are allowed. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
The parameter type is command mode (CMDMDE). Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in IS-NR or OOS-AU,AINS service states. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
Indicates the DLFPC packet threshold value for storm control. |
|
Indicates the multicast packet threshold value for storm control. |
|
Indicates the broadcast packet threshold value for storm control. |
|
21.71 RTRV-L2-TOPO
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Layer 2 topology (RTRV-L2-TOPO) command retrieves the LACP, REP, and EFM topology configuration.
Usage Guidelines
The RTRV-L2-TOPO command retrieves the normal and detailed logs of a port that is configured with LACP, REP, or EFM topology.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-L2-TOPO:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::PROTOCOL=<PROTOCOL>,[LOGLEVEL=<LOGLEVEL>],[IDENTIFIER=<IDENTIFIER>];
Input Example

RTRV-L2-TOPO::SLOT-16:1:::PROTOCOL=REP-INTERFACES,IDENTIFIER=2;
Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“Interface Seg-id Type LinkOp Role
---------------------- ------ -------------- ----------- ----
Phy0 2 Primary Edge INIT_DOWN Fail
Phy1 2 Pref Edge INIT_DOWN Fail
UUßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß
ßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß
ßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßßß”
;
;Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
21.72 RTRV-LM-EFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Link Monitoring Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (RTRV-LM-EFM) command retrieves the Edit Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) link monitoring parameters and the action associated with each of the parameters.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[IMPARAM=<IMPARAM>], [HIGHTH=<HIGHTH>],
[LOWTH=<LOWTH>],[ACTION=<ACTION>],[WINDOW=<WINDOW>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-7-1-1,LMPARAM=ERR-FRAME,LOWTH=1,HIGHTH=0,ACTION=NONE,WINDOW=10;”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
The lowest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer. |
|
The highest value of the link monitoring parameter. It is an integer. |
|
Action to be taken when the link monitoring parameter crosses the HIGH value, which is set by the user. The value can be NONE or DISABLED. |
|
This indicates the window associated with each of the link monitoring parameter (number of packets, number of frames or the timer). It is an integer. |
21.73 RTRV-LMP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP) command retrieves the global LMP protocol attributes.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only available on platforms that support the LMP protocol.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

M CTAG COMPLD
"::ENABLE=<ENABLE>,[WDM=<WDM>],[ROLE=<ROLE>],[NODEID=<NODEID>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]"
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"::ENABLE=Y,WDM=Y,ROLE=PEER,NODEID=198.133.219.25,OPSTATE=UP"
Output Parameters

21.74 RTRV-LMP-CTRL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol Control Channel (RTRV-LMP-CTRL) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP control channel.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only available on platforms that support the LMP protocol.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>,LOCALPORT=<LOCALPORT>,REMOTEIP=<REMOTEIP>,
[HELLO=<HELLO>],[HELLOMIN=<HELLOMIN>],[HELLOMAX=<HELLOMAX>],
[DEAD=<DEAD>],[DEADMIN=<DEADMIN>],[DEADMAX=<DEADMAX>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:0
M 001 COMPLD
"CTRL-2::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,LOCALPORT=FAC-1-1-1,REMOTEIP=126.0.0.1,HELLO=50,
HELLOMIN=300,HELLOMAX=5000,DEAD=12000,DEADMIN=2000,DEADMAX=20000,
OPSTATE=UP:OOS,DSBLD"
;
Output Parameters

21.75 RTRV-LMP-TLINK
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP-TLINK) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP Traffic Engineering (TE) link.
Usage Guidelines
This command is limited to nodes where the LMP protocol is supported and has been enabled.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD "<SRC>::[REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>],[DWDM=<DWDM>],[REMOTETE=<REMOTETE>],
[MUXCAP=<MUXCAP>],[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]:[<PST>[,<SST>]]"
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:0
M CTAG COMPLD "TLINK-2::REMOTEID=15.15.15.115,DWDM=Y,REMOTETE=3,MUXCAP=LAMBDA,
OPSTATE=UP:IS"
;
Output Parameters

21.76 RTRV-LMP-DLINK
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Link Management Protocol (RTRV-LMP-DLINK) command retrieves the attributes of an LMP data link.
Usage Guidelines
This command is only applicable on a node where the LMP protocol is supported and enabled.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[LINKTYPE=<LINKTYPE>],[REMOTEID=<REMOTEID>],[TELINK=<TELINK>],
[OPSTATE=<OPSTATE>]"
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-14-1-1::LINKTYPE=PORT,REMOTEID=45,TELINK=TLINK-4,OPSTATE=UP-ALLOC"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
The data link is being tested. An LMP test message is periodically sent through the link. |
|
The data link is not communicating with its counterpart on the remote node. |
|
The link has been successfully tested and is now put in the pool of resources (in-service). The link has not yet been allocated to data traffic. |
21.77 RTRV-LNK
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Link (RTRV-LNK) command retrieves all the (optical) links created in the NE. The end information is returned along with the type of (optical) link.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>,<TO>::[OLNKT=<OLNKT>],[CTYPE=<CTYPE>],[RDIRN=<RDIRN>],
[BAND=<BAND>],[WLEN=<WLEN>]:<PSTPSTQ>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BAND-6-1-TX,BAND-13-1-RX::OLNKT=HITLESS,CTYPE=PROV,
RDIRN=W_E, BAND=1530.32-1532.68,WLEN=1530.32:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. Identifies an entity at one end of the optical link. |
|
Access identifier from the “ALL” section. Identifies an entity at the other end of the optical link. |
|
(Optional) Optical link type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_LINK_TYPE, which is the type of optical link between two optical facilities. |
|
Link between two points that results in an add/drop connection from a drop point to an add point |
|
Link between two OMS points that results in a hitless connection from a drop point to an add point of a consecutive band/channel filter |
|
Link between two OTS points interrupted by an interleaver card that the system does not monitor. |
|
(Optional) The type of cross-connection. Indicates if the optical link is provisioned by the user or automatically created by the NE. The parameter type is CREATION_TYPE, which is the optical link creation type. |
|
(Optional) Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality. |
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise). |
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise). |
|
(Optional) The optical band (group of four contiguous wavelengths) for this optical link. BAND is present only when there is a link between two OMS entities. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND. |
|
(Optional) Optical wavelength for this optical link. WLEN is present only when there is a link between two OCH entities. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.78 RTRV-LNKTERM
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Provisionable Patchcord Termination (RTRV-LNKTERM) command retrieves information about one or more provisionable patchcord (PP) terminations.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “LNKTERM” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::PORT=<PORT>,[REMOTENODE=<REMOTENODE>],
[REMOTELNKTERMID=<REMOTELNKTERMID>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LNKTERM-2::PORT=FAC-3-1,REMOTENODE=172.20.221.225,REMOTELNKTERMID=21”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “LNKTERM” section. |
|
Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
|
(Optional) Remote link term ID. REMOTELNKTERMID is a string. |
21.79 RTRV-LOG
Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Log (RTRV-LOG) command retrieves the alarm log of the NE.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<ALMNUMBER>:CURRENT=<CURRENT>,[PREVIOUS=<PREVIOUS>],
<CONDITION>,<SRVEFF>,[TIME=<OCRTIME>],[DATE=<OCRDAT>]:<ALMDESCR>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-3-1,18:CURRENT=MJ,PREVIOUS=CL,EOC,NSA,TIME=16-33-04,
DATE=1971-02-03:\“SDCC TERMINATION FAILURE\””
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
Current severity. The parameter type is NOTIF_CODE, which is the two-character notification code associated with an autonomous message. |
|
(Optional) Previous severity. The parameter type is COND_EFF, which is the state of the condition upon the affected unit. |
|
Condition type for an alarm or a reported event. The parameter type is CONDITION, which is any problem detected on an ONS 15454 shelf, whether or not the problem is reported (that is, whether or not it generates a trouble notification). Reported conditions include alarms, NA conditions, and NR conditions. See Chapter 27, “Conditions” for a list of conditions. |
|
(Optional) Time when the specific event or violation occurred, HH-MM-SS. Time when alarm was triggered. |
|
(Optional) Date when the specific event or violation occurred, MM-DD. Date when alarm was triggered. |
|
21.80 RTRV-MA-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Association Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MA-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance association present on the card.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:MANAME=<MANAME>, SVLANID=<SVLANID>,
CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>[:];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,MANAME=CISCO,SVLANID=1,CCENABLE=Y”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
21.81 RTRV-MACTABLE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The RTRV-MACTABLE command retrieves all the MAC addresses stored in the card, as well as the internal MAC addresses associated with each port of the card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is supported on GZ 1.0 and GZ 1.5 TXP/MXP cards.
- The card should be in Layer2 over DMDM mode to retrieve the MAC address.
- VLANID is applicable to the command only during the retrieval of learned MAC address.
- During the retrieval of Card MAC address, port 5 of 10GEXP card and port 23 of GEXP card stands for CPU port.
Input Format

RTRV-MACTABLE:<TID>:<AID>:<CTAG>:::ADDRTYPE=<addrtype>,[VLANIDFROM=<vlanidfrom>],[VLANIDTO=<vlanidto];
Input Example

RTRV-MACTABLE::SLOT-12:1:::ADDRTYPE=LEARNED-MAC, VLANIDFROM=10, VLANIDTO=20;
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<ADDRTYPE>,<PORT>,<VLANID>,<MACADDRESS>”
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"SLOT-1,ADDRTYPE=LEARNED-MAC,PORT=4,VLANID=199,MACADDRESS=10:10:10:10:10:10";
21.82 RTRV-MAP-NETWORK
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Map Network (RTRV-MAP-NETWORK) command retrieves all the NE attributes which are accessible from the GNE (gateway NE). The NE attributes include the node IP address (IPADDR), node name (TID), and the product type of the NE (PRODUCT).
Usage Guidelines
The product type field in the response will appear as “unknown” for nodes that are not running the same version of software.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<IPADDR>,<NODENAME>,<PRODUCT>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“172.20.222.225,TID-000,15454”
;
Output Parameters

Product type of the NE. The parameter type is PRODUCT_TYPE, which is the product (NE) type. |
|
21.83 RTRV-MCAST
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve the Multicast attributes command retrieves the Multicast VLAN
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

It is only used for RTRV-INV, RTRV-EQPT, RTRV-ALM/COND-EQPT commands. |
|
Individual equipment AID of the I/O card units or slots in a 15454. |
Output Format

“<AID>::[<MVRSTATE>],[<MVRSVLAN>],[<MVRSTARTIP>],[<MVRIPRANGE>],[<IGMPONCVLAN>]:”;
Output Example

M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1-12::MVRSTATE=Y,MVRSVLAN=132,MVRSTARTIP=230.64.38.55,
MVRIPRANGE=60:”
;
Output Parameters

21.84 RTRV-MD-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Domain Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MD-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance domain on the card.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“AID>:[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[LEVEL=<LEVEL>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-7,MDNAME=MD1,LEVEL=4”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
21.85 RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Domain and Maintenance Association mapping Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MDMAMAP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance domain and maintenance association mapping.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[MANAME=<MANAME>],[SVLANID=<SVLANID>],[CCENABLE=<CCENABLE>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-17,MDNAME=MD1,SVLANID=7,MANAME=MA3:”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
21.86 RTRV-MEP-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end points on the port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[SVLANID=<SVLANID>],[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],
[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[MPID=<MPID>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-3-4-1,SVLANID=200,MDNAME=D4,LEVEL=4,MPID=314”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
|
21.87 RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Continuity Check Message Data Base Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end point continuity check message data base on a given slot.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];
Input Example

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=99,VLANIDTO=100;
Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
|
VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[MPID=<MPID>],[MACADDR=<MACADDR>],[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[MANAME=<MANAME>],[INPORT=<INPORT>],[CCLIFETIME=<CCLIFETIME>],[AGEOFLASTCC=<AGEOFLASTCC>],[RMTPORSTATE=<RMTPORTSTATE>];”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-1,MPID=301,MACADDR=00:19:07:6C:B7:7A,MDNAME=D2,MANAME=M1,SVLANID=100,INPORT=0,CCLIFETIME=0,AGEOFLASTCC=0:”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
(Optional) The MAC address for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
|
Maintenance Association Name. It is a string. The MA name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
Indicates the Continuity Check Message Timer Life Time on the receiving end. It indicates how long the interface has to wait for the CC message expiry. It is 3 times the CCTIMER. |
|
Age of the last CC timer. This indicates the time interval between the present time and the last time CC message received. |
|
21.88 RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance End Point Statistics Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance end point statistics.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-MEPSTATS-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[MDNAME=<MDNAME>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];
Input Example

Input Example

RTRV-MEPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=99,VLANIDTO=100;
Input Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
|
VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<AID>,<MDNAME>,<SVLANID>,<MPID>,<CCMTRANSMITTED>,<CCMRCVD>,
<CCRCVDSEQERROR>,<LTRUNEXPTDRCVD>,<LBRTRANSMITTED>,
<LBRRCVDINORDER>,<LBRRCVDSEQERROR>,<LBRRCVDBADMSDU>”;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-3,MDNAME=Domain_6,SVLANID=30,MPID=600,CCMTRANSMTD=801,CCMRCVDSEQERR=0,CCRCVDSEQERR=0,LTRUNEXPDRCVD=0,LBRTRANSMTD=0,LBRRCVDINORDER=0,LBRRCVDSEQERR=0,LBRRCVDBADMSDU=0”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
Maintenance Domain Name. It is a string. The MD name length should not exceed more than 43 characters. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
21.89 RTRV-MIP-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Intermediate Point Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MIP-CFM) command retrieves the maintenance intermediate points on the port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<<AID>,<VLANID>,<LEVEL>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-17-1-1,VLANID=6,LEVEL=7”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
21.90 RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Maintenance Intermediate Point Continuity Check Message Data Base Connectivity Fault Management (RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM) command retrieves the continuity check message database (CCDB) of the maintenance intermediate points.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>:::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[VLANIDFROM=<VLANIDFROM>],[VLANIDTO=<VLANIDTO>];
Input Example

RTRV-MIPCCDB-CFM::SLOT-1:1:::MDNAME=D2,VLANIDFROM=10,VLANIDTO=100;
Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
|
VLAN range. It is the start of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
|
VLAN range. It is the end of the VLANID. Valid range is from 1 to 4096. It is an optional parameter. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“M CTAG COMPLD; “<<AID>,<MACADDR>,<SVLANID>,<LEVEL>,<INGRESSPORT>,<MPID>,<ARCHIVETIMER”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SLOT-4,MACADDR=00:00:00:00:00:00,SVLANID=100,LEVEL=1,INGRESSPORT=0,MPID=300,ARCHIVETIMER=0”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
|
(Optional) The MAC address for the 10 Gigabit Ethernet payload. MACADDR is a string. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
This indicates the level of the maintenance domain. The value ranges from 0 to 7. |
|
21.91 RTRV-NE-APC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network Amplification Power Control (RTRV-NE-APC) command retrieves the APC application ports involved in node set-up regulation.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<MOD>::[MODIFDAT=<MODIFDAT>],[MODIFTM=<MODIFTM>],
[CHECKDAT=<CHECKDAT>],[CHECKTM=<CHECKTM>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-16-1-RX,OCH::MODIFDAT=04-11-02,MODIFTM=12-35-00,
CHECKDAT=04-11-02,CHECKTM=12-55-00”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
AID type. The parameter type is MOD2O, which is the facility types for MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, MD-4, MUX-32, DMX-32, AD-1C, AD-2C, AD-4C, AD-1B, and AD-4B cards. |
|
(Optional) The last date when the APC application modified this port. The format of MODIFDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. |
|
(Optional) The last time when the APC application modified this port. The format of MODIFTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. |
|
(Optional) The last date when the APC application controlled and validated this port. The format of CHECKDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. |
|
(Optional) The last time when the APC application controlled and validated this port. The format of CHECKTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. |
21.92 RTRV-NE-GEN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element General (RTRV-NE-GEN) command retrieves the general NE attributes.
Usage Guidelines
ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are disabled in this command. ETHIPADDR and ETHIPMASK are used to show the Ethernet interface address and mask. Both default to the nodes’ IP address and masks.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD “[<IPADDR>],[<IPMASK>],[<DEFRTR>],[<IPV6ADDR>],[<IPV6PREFLEN>],[<IPV6DEFRTR>],[<IPV6ENABLE>],[<IIOPPORT>],[<NTP>],[<NAME>],[<SWVER>],[<LOAD>],[<PROTSWVER>],[<PROTLOAD>],[<DEFDESC>],[<PLATFORM>],[<SECUMODE>],[<SUPPRESSIP>],[<MODE>],[<MSPUBVLANID>],[<MSINTLVLANID>],[<AUTOPM>],[<SERIALPORTECHO>],[<OSIROUTINGMODE>],[<OSIL1BUFSIZE>],[<OSIL2BUFSIZE>],[<NET>],[<BKUPNTP>];
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
IPADDR=192.168.100.52,IPMASK=255.255.255.0,DEFRTR=192.168.100.1, IPV6ADDR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:efab]”,IPV6PREFLEN=64,IPV6DEFRTR=“[3ffe:0501:0008:0000:0260:97ff:fe40:e000]”,IPV6ENABLE=NO IIOPPORT=57970,NTP=192.168.100.52,NAME="NODENAME",SWVER=2.01.03, LOAD=02.13-E09A-08.15,PROTSWVER=2.01.02,PROTLOAD=02.12-E09A-09.25, DEFDESC=\"NE DEFAULTS FEATURE\",PLATFORM=15454-ANSI,SECUMODE=NORMAL, SUPPRESSIP=YES,PROXYSRV=N,FIREWALL=N,MSPUBVLANID=1,MSINTLVLANID=2,AUTOPM=NO,SERIALPORTECHO=Y,OSIROUTINGMODE=ES,OSIL1BUFSIZE=512,OSIL2BUFSIZE=512”
;
Output Parameters

21.93 RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN

Note The RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN command does not apply to the Cisco ONS 15454 platform.
(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Image Signature (RTRV-NE-IMGSIGN) command retrieves the signature details of a given shelf.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1 to 50 (SHELF-{1-50}). |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[PKGTYPE=<PKGTYPE>],[IMGTYPE=<IMGTYPE>], [CMNNAME=<CMNNAME>,[ORGUNIT=<ORGUNIT>],[ORGNAME=<ORGNAME>],[CERTSN=<CERTSN>],[HASH=<HASH>],[SIGNALGO=<SIGNALALGO>],[KEYVER=<KEYVER>]”
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“SHELF-1,PKGTYPE=WORKING,IMGTYPE=DEVELOPMENT,CMNNAME=UTS TNC,ORGUNIT=OTBU,ORGNAME=CISCO,CERTSN=10000,HASH=SHA-512,SIGNALGO=RSA-2048,KEYVER=A”;
Output Parameters

21.94 RTRV-NE-IPMAP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Internet Protocol Map (RTRV-NE-IPMAP) command retrieves the IP address and node name of the NEs that have a DCC connection with this NE.
Usage Guidelines
This command only reports the discovered DCC link. If there is no discovered DCC link on the port (or the node), the command will return COMPLD without IPMAP information.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The port of an NE carrying the DCC connection. A null value defaults to the whole NE. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-12-1:172.20.208.225,NODENAME2”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Port of an NE carrying the DCC connection. |
|
21.95 RTRV-NE-KEYINFO

Note The RTRV-NE-KEYINFO command does not apply to the Cisco ONS 15454 platform.
(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Key Information (RTRV-NE-KEYINFO) command retrieves the details of the keys that are stored in a given shelf.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Shelf access identifier. AID can be ignored if the command is executed on a single shelf. For a multi-shelf configuration, AID can take a shelf value from 1 to 50 (SHELF-{1-50}). |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>],[KEYTYPE=<KEYTYPE>],[PUBKEY=<PUBKEY>,[EXPN=<EXPN>], [KEYVER=<KEYVER>],[MOD=<MOD>]”
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“SHELF-5,KEYTYPE=DEVELOPMENT,PUBKEY=RSA-2048,EXPN=1000,KEYVER=A,MOD=\"0:1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8:9:a:b:c:d:e:f:10:11:12:13:14:15:16:17:18:19:1a:1b:1c:1d:1e:1f:20:21:22:23:24:25:26:27:28:29:2a:2b:2c:2d:2e:2f:30:31:32:33:34:35:36:37:38:39:3a:3b:3c:3d:3e:3f:40:41:42:43:44:45:46:47:48:49:4a:4b:4c:4d:4e:4f:50:51:52:53:54:55:56:57:58:59:5a:5b:5c:5d:5e:5f:60:61:62:63:64:65:66:67:68:69:6a:6b:6c:6d:6e:6f:70:71:72:73:74:75:76:77:78:79:7a:7b:7c:7d:7e:7f:80:81:82:83:84:85:86:87:88:89:8a:8b:8c:8d:8e:8f:90:91:92:93:94:95:96:97:98:99:9a:9b:9c:9d:9e:9f:a0:a1:a2:a3:a4:a5:a6:a7:a8:a9:aa:ab:ac:ad:ae:af:b0:b1:b2:b3:b4:b5:b6:b7:b8:b9:ba:bb:bc:bd:be:bf:c0:c1:c2:c3:c4:c5:c6:c7:c8:c9:ca:cb:cc:cd:ce:cf:d0:d1:d2:d3:d4:d5:d6:d7:d8:d9:da:db:dc:dd:de:df:e0:e1:e2:e3:e4:e5:e6:e7:e8:e9:ea:eb:ec:ed:ee:ef:f0:f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6:f7:f8:f9:fa:fb:fc:fd:fe:ff”;
Output Parameters

21.96 RTRV-NE-PATH
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Path (RTRV-NE-PATH) command retrieves the path-level attributes on an NE.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[PDIP=<PDIP>],[XCMODE=<XCMODE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“PDIP=Y,XCMODE=MIXED”
;
Output Parameters

21.97 RTRV-NE-SYNCN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Synchronization (RTRV-NE-SYNCN) command retrieves the synchronization attributes of the NE.
Usage Guidelines
- Although mixed mode timing is supported in this release, it is not recommended. Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for more information.
- The timing modes are:
– External mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS inputs.
– Line mode: The node derives its timing from the SONET line(s).
– Mixed mode: The node derives its timing from the BITS input or SONET lines.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[<AID>]::[TMMD=<TMMD>],[SSMGEN=<SSMGEN>],[QRES=<QRES>],
[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SYSTMN=<SYSTMN>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SHELF-2::TMMD=LINE,SSMGEN=GEN1,QRES=ABOVE-G811,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=8.0,
SYSTMN=SONET”
;
Output Parameters

The node or shelf access identifier from the “SHELF” section. If omitted it addresses the node or first shelf of the node. Must not be null |
|
(Optional) Timing mode. The parameter type is TIMING_MODE, which is the timing mode for the current node. |
|
(Optional) Synchronization status message generator. The parameter type is SYNC_GENERATION, which is the synchronization status message set generation. |
|
(Optional) Quality of the RES. The parameter type is SYNC_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the network synchronization quality level. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(ONS 15454 only) Identifies the system timing standard used by the node. |
|
21.98 RTRV-NE-WDMANS
( Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network Element Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-NE-WDMANS) command retrieves the optical node setup (WDMANS) application ports involved in node setup regulation.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The access identifier from the “ALL” section. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>::[REGULATED=<REGULATED>],[PARAM=<PARAM>],[<VALUE>],[<ACTOR>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>]:”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-16-1-RX,OCH::REGULATED=OUT-OF-RANGE,PARAM=VOAATTN”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. AID is port regulated. |
|
Specifies the type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. A type of access identifier. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
(Optional) The status of the port after a node setup regulation. The parameter type is REGULATED_PORT_TYPE, which is the optical configuration types for NEs. |
|
WDM-ANS does not foresee any algorithm or does not have any value to set for the parameter. |
|
WDM-ANS cannot modify the set point because the calculated value is out of the allowed range. |
|
WDM-ANS cannot modify the set point because the ports are in IS state. |
|
Regulator Actor is the name of the Network Element application that regulates the WDM-ANS parameter. The parameter type is REGULATED_ACTOR. |
|
The parameter that has been regulated by an unknown application. |
|
(Optional) The regulated parameter inside of the specified port. The parameter type is REGULATED_PARAM_NAME, which is the name of the parameter regulated by the WDMANS application. |
|
WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier per the channel power parameter. |
|
WDM-ANS has regulated the amplifier tilt reference parameter. |
|
WDM-ANS has regulated the variable optical attenuator (VOA) attenuation reference parameter. |
|
Identifies the date. Date is a string. Default value is - current date. |
|
Identifies the time. Time is a string. Default value is - current time. |
21.99 RTRV-NETYPE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Network Element Type (RTRV-NETYPE) command retrieves the NE’s equipment-related information.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<VENDOR>,<MODEL>,<NETYPE>,<SW_ISSUE>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CISCO,ONS15454,ADM&MSPP&MSTP,5.00.00”
;
Output Parameters

21.100 RTRV-NNI-CHGRP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network-to-Network Interface Channel Group (RTRV-NNI-CHGRP) command retrieves the NNI selective S-VLAN-ID table associated to a channel group.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110::”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
21.101 RTRV-NNI-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Network-to-Network Interface Ethernet (RTRV-NNI-ETH) command retrieves the NNI selective S-VLAN-ID table associated to an L2 Ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110::”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
21.102 RTRV-OCM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Monitoring (RTRV-OCM) command retrieves the optical channel monitoring parameters present at OCH layer in a ROADM node.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00M 001 COMPLD "OCM-1-16-1-RX-1530.33::CHPOWER=9.0”;
|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
(Optional) The per channel optical power. Applicable only to amplified OTS ports. |
21.103 RTRV-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel (RTRV-OCH) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OCH facility.
Usage Guidelines
Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules. SQUELCHMODE, FREQ, LOSSB and PORTMODE are the parameters supported on RTRV-OCH command while retrieving the attributes and state of an OCH facility on 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.

Note Primary=OOS and secondary=AINS states do not apply to Ethernet mode.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[<OPTICALPORTTYPE>],[<POWER>],[<EXPWLEN>],[<ACTWLEN>],[<ILOSS>],[<VOAMODE>],[<VOAATTN>],[<VOAPWR>],[<VOAREFATTN>],[<VOAREFPWR>],[<REFOPWR>],[<CALOPWR>],[<CHPOWER>],[<CHPOWERFLG>],[<ADDOPWR>],[<PORTNAME>],[<GCC>],[<GCCRATE>],[<DWRAP>],[<FEC>],[<PAYLOADMAP>],[<LBCLCURR>],[<OPTCURR>],[<OPRCURR>],[<OSFBER>],[<OSDBER>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<LOSSB>],[<PEERID>],[<REGENNAME>],[<PORTMODE>],[<ODUTRANSMODE>],[<ERRORDECORRELATOR>],[<FCS>],[<PROACTPROTECTION>],[<TRIGGERTH>],[<REVERTTH>],[<TRIGWINDOW>],[<RVRTWINDOW>],[<OVRCLK>],[<MDLTFMT>],[<RXWLEN>],[<OSNR>],[<PMD>],[<CHROMDISP>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>]:<SQUELCHMODE>,[<FECALARMSUPRESS>],[<CDLOW>],[<CDHIGH>],[<SOPMDCURR>],[<PCRCURR>],[<PDLCURR>]:<VOATXPOWER>,[<TXLASERSHUTDN>]:[<PST>][<SST>]”
;
Output Example

M 1 COMPLD
“CHAN-3-2:,,WORK,STBY:EXPWLEN=USE-TWL1,GCC=N,DWRAP=Y,FEC=STD,OSFBER=1E-5,OSDBER=1E-7,SOAK=32,PORTMODE=DWDM-TRANS-AIS,RXWLEN=USE-TWL1,SYNCMSG=N,SENDDUS=N,ADMSSM=STU,SQUELCHMODE=ODU-AIS,,CDLOW=-70000.0,CDHIGH=70000.0,VOATXPOWER=0.25,TXLASERSHUTDN=N:OOS-MA,DSBLD”
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
(Optional) Identifies an OCH port role. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
(Optional) The port status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card. |
|
COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card |
|
Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
The express channel that continues the signal from the previous card |
|
All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card |
|
OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card |
|
COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal to the next card |
|
Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
(Optional) The manufacturing optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
(Optional) Optical wavelength for this port. Applicable only to the following types of cards: optical service channel cards, optical amplifier cards, dispersion compensation units, multiplexer and demultiplexer cards, and optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) cards. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which is the optical wavelength. |
|
The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values. |
|
(Optional) Insertion loss expressed in dBm. ILOSS applies to output ports only on the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. ILOSS is a string. |
|
(Optional) The transit power attenuation for the VOA expressed in dBm. The range is –24.0 to +2.0 dBm for the MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards. VOAATTN is a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAREFATTN is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. VOAREFPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value which equals the total expected output power. Applicable only to the following cards: OSCM, OSC-CSM, OPT-PRE, OPT-BST, 4MD-xx.x, 32MUX, 32DMX, AD-1C-xx.x, AD-2C-xx.x, AD-4C-xx.x, AD-1B-xx.x, and AD-4B-xx.x. REFOPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) First Circuit Startup. An automatic channel startup that operates the VOA when the light is detected on the ingress port. |
|
Specifies the trigger threshold value for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is TRIGGER_THRESHOLD. |
|
Specifies the revert threshold for Proactive Protection Regen. The parameter type is RVRTTH. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the line added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float. |
|
(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the channel power. |
|
(Optional) The value of the ADD optical power to an ADD port of the WSS card. The ADDOPWR is a float. |
|
Identifies the generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port. |
|
(Optional) The data rate of the GCC traffic. The default is 192 Kbps. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is GCCRATE, which is the data rate of the GCC traffic. |
|
(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only). |
|
(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode. |
|
(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction. |
|
20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card. |
|
Indicates the peer trunk facility of the regeneration group on the OTU2-XP card. Accessed using the CHAN AID. |
|
Indicates the name of a regeneration group. Applicable only to DWDM flavored cards, which support regeneration group. Regenname is a string. The default value is "NULL". |
|
Describes the termination mode of each interface on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
To configure the "ODUk OH" transparency on the OTU2-XP card. |
|
Cisco Extended. When the Cisco Extended configuration is selected, two bytes of the ODU layer is terminated to guarantee the interoperability with the older Transponder/Muxponder cards. |
|
Transparent Standard Use. The transponder, behaving as a regenerator, terminates the OUT layer and is transparent to the ODU layer. Also in this case the FEC-MISM (FEC Mismatch) alarm is not generated. |
|
Indicates the presence of the MLSE modules on the card. This applies only to TXP_MR_10EX_C, MXP_2.5G_10EX_C, and MXP_MR_10DMEX_C cards |
|
Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N. |
|
The RX wavelength. It is applicable in unidirectional regeneration mode of a muxponder card. In this case the RX wavelength can be different from the nominal TX wavelength (EXPWLEN). It can be any valid DWDM wavelength value. The default value is USE-TWL1. |
|
Measure of the polarization mode value, an average of the 2 polarization modes. |
|
Alarm raised when receiver fails in compensating the excessive PMD. |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
(Optional) Indicates the current value of second order polarization dispersion mode on the fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card. |
|
(Optional) Indicates the current value of polarization change rate on fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card. |
|
(Optional) Indicates the current value of polarization dependent loss on the fixed trunk of 10x10G-LC card. |
|
(Optional) VOA Transmit Power. The parameter type is VOATXPOWER, indicates the VOA transmit power on the fixed trunk. |
|
(Optional) Transmit Laser Shut down. The parameter type is TXLASERSHUTDN indicates the transmit laser shut down status as Y or N. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.104 RTRV-OCHCC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Client Connection (RTRV-OCHCC) command retrieves the OCH client connection provisioning information.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<PAYLOAD>],[<CKTID>],[<ODU1START>],[<ODU1END>],[<TSSTART>],[<TSEND>],[<ODU0START>],[<ODU0END>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-3-1-1::PAYLOAD=GIGE,ODU1START=1,ODU1END=1,ODU0START=1,ODU0END=1:IS-NR,”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Indicates the payload of the connection which is equivalent to the type of the payload configured on the facility port where the connection is originated or terminated. Parameter type is MOD1PAYLOAD. |
|
Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed. |
|
Service state. The parameter is PST_PSTQ, which provides the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.105 RTRV-OCHNC
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Channel Network Connection (RTRV-OCHNC) command retrieves the OCH wavelength connection provisioning information.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>,<DST>:<WCT>:[CKTID=<CKTID>]::<PSTPSTQ>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHANWL-1-3-TX-1530.33,LINEWL-4-1-RX-1530.33:1WAY:CKTID=\"OCHNC-1\":IS-NR”
;
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. In 2-way wavelength connection sources both directions need to be indicated. |
|
Destination access identifier from the “LINEWL” section. In 2-way wavelength connection sources both directions need to be indicated. |
|
Wavelength connection type. The parameter type is WCT. The default is 1WAY. |
|
A unidirectional wavelength connection for one specified ring direction. |
|
A bidirectional wavelength connection for both the ring directions. |
|
Cross-connect ID. The default is Blank or None. String of ASCII characters. Maximum length is 48. If CKTID is empty or null the CKTID field will not be displayed. |
|
Service state. The parameter is PST_PSTQ, which provides the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.106 RTRV-ODU0
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Data Unit Level 0 (RTRV-ODU0) command retrieves the list of ODU0 entities on the AR-XPE card.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is applicable only for AR-XPE card.
- When a static operational mode is created on the AR-XPE card, and if the port is provisioned with GIGE or 1GFC facility, ODU0's will be retrieved by RTRV-ODU0 command even when the OCHCC circuit is not created.
- When a dynamic operational mode is created on the AR-XPE card, the ODU0's are retrieved only when the OCHCC circuits are created on GIGE or 1GFC facility.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

ODU0 from the “ALL” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

ODU0 from the “ALL” section. |
21.107 RTRV-OMS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Multiplex Section (RTRV-OMS) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OMS facility.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “BAND” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::RDIRN=<RDIRN>,OPTYPE=<OPTICALPORTTYPE>,[OPWR=<POWER>],
EXPBAND=<EXPBAND>,[ACTBAND=<ACTBAND>],[ILOSS=<ILOSS>],
[VOAMODE=<VOAMODE>],[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAPWR=<VOAPWR>],
[VOAREFATTN=<VOAREFATTN>],[VOAREFPWR=<VOAREFPWR>],
[REFOPWR=<REFOPWR>],[CALOPWR=<CALOPWR>],[CHPOWER=<CHPOWER>],
[NAME=<NAME>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“BAND-6-1-RX::RDIRN=W-E,OPTYPE=ADD,OPWR=10.0,EXPBAND=UNKNOWN,
ACTBAND=1530.33_1531.12,ILOSS=1.0,VOAMODE=ATTN,VOAATTN=0.5,
VOAPWR=0.0,VOAREFATTN=3.5,VOAREFPWR=5.0,REFOPWR=10.5,CALOPWR=0.5,
CHPOWER=2.0,NAME=\“OMS PORT\”:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Ring directionality of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring directionality. |
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise). |
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise). |
|
The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card. |
|
COM channels (without an OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card. |
|
Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
Express channel that continues the signal from the previous card. |
|
All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card. |
|
OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card. |
|
COM channels (without an OSC) that continue the signal to the next card. |
|
Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
(Optional) The optical power measured at this port. It can be the input or output power according to port type. POWER is a string. |
|
The expected value of the band for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band). |
|
(Optional) Identifies the manufacturing optical band (group of four contiguous wavelengths) for this port. The parameter type is OPTICAL_BAND (optical band). |
|
(Optional) Insertion loss expressed in dBm. ILOSS applies to output ports only. |
|
(Optional) The working control mode of the VOA. The parameter type is VOA_CNTR_MODE, which defines the VOA control mode. |
|
VOA controls the attenuation to obtain a fixed output power. |
|
(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. VOAATTN is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. VOAREFATTN is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAREFPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value which equals the total expected output power. REFOPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output added to the calculated value, which equals the total expected output power. Expressed in dBm. Defaults to 0 dBm. CALOPWR is a float and a string. |
|
(Optional) The per-channel optical power. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the primary state (PST) and a primary state qualifier (PSTQ). |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.108 RTRV-OPM
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Monitoring Parameter (RTRV-OPM) command retrieves the optical power monitoring parameters present at the OCH layer in a reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexing (ROADM) node.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “OPM” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[POWEROUT=<POWEROUT>],[POWERADD=<POWERADD>],
[POWERPT=<POWERPT>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“OPM-5-1530.33::POWEROUT=9.0,POWERADD=10.0,POWERPT=11.0:”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “OPM” section. |
|
(Optional) The value of the output power associated to the add or pass-through channel port of a 32WSS card. POWEROUT is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the input power associated to the add channel port of a 32WSS card. POWERADD is mutually exclusive with the POWERPT parameter. POWERADD is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the input power associated to the pass-through channel port of a 32WSS card. POWERPT is mutually exclusive with the POWERADD parameter. POWERPT is a float. |
21.109 RTRV-OPMODE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Operation Mode (RTRV-OPMODE) command retrieves the operation modes created on that node. In Trunkport list, the first port number indicates the working port and second port number indicates the protect port number.
Usage Guidelines
- In Low-latency and RGN-10G modes, one of the port is represented as Client and the other as Trunk while both are represented as trunks on CTC.
- OPMODE parameter will be retrieved in the command response for all the opmodes on AR-MXP, AR-XP, AR-XPE, 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC Cards.
- PEERSLOTS parameter will be retrieved in the command response for dual card operating modes on only 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C, and CFP-LC cards. PEERSLOTS parameter is of syntax SLOT-<SLOTNO>.
- Following are the mandatory parameters for the operating modes on the 10x10G-LC, 100G-LC-C and CFP-LC cards:
– OPMODE and TRUNKPORT parameters for TXP-10G, RGN-10G, and LOW-LATENCY operating modes on the 10x10G-LC card.
– OPMODE parameter for TXP-100G and RGN-100G operating modes on the 100G-LC-C card; CFP-MXP and CFP-TXP operating modes on the CFP-LC; MXP-10X10G card mode on the 10x10G-LC card.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

<AID>,[<OPMODE>],[<PEERSLOTS>],[<TRUNKPORTS>],[<CLIENTPORTS>],[<RATE>],[<CTMAP>]
Output Example

"SLOT-2,OPMODE=CFP-TXP,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-3,"
"SLOT-3,OPMODE=CFP-TXP,PEERSLOTS=SLOT-5&SLOT-2,CLIENTPORTS=1&2,"
Output Parameters

21.110 RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Operation Mode Packet Transport System (RTRV-OPMOD-PTSYS) command retrieves the operation mode of the CPT 50 panel.
Usage Guidelines
This command is valid for PTSYS. Retrieves the operation mode of the PTSYS.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

PTSYS AID. Access identifier from the “EQPT” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
AID of the CPT 50 panel for which the operation mode is to be retrieved. |
|
21.111 RTRV-OTS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Transport System (RTRV-OTS) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTS facility.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “LINE” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:<OPTICALPORTTYPE>,[<POWER>],[<OSCPWR>],[<ILOSS>],[<VOAMODE>],[<VOAATTN>],[<VOAPWR>],[<VOAREFATTN>],[<VOAREFPWR>],[<OSRI>],[<AMPLMODE>],[<AMPLMODEFLG>],[<CHPOWER>],[<CHPOWERFLG>],[<GAIN>],[<EXPGAIN>],[<EXPGAINFLG>],[<REFOPWR>],[<OFFSET>],[<REFTILT>],[<REFTILTFLG>],[<CALTILT>],[<ASEOPWR>],[<DCULOSS>],[<AWGST>],[<HEATST>],[<NAME>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<WRKCHANNELS>],[<RATIO>],[<RAMAN_STATUS>],[<RAMAN_QUALITY>],[<TIME>],[<DATE>],[<RAMAN_RESTORE_FC>],[<TIME_FC>],[<DATE_FC>],[<FG>],[<CG>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-6-1-RX:RDIRN=W-E,OPTYPE=IN,OPWR=10.0,ILOSS=1.0,VOAMODE=ATTN,
VOAATTN=0.5,VOAPWR=0.0,VOAREFATTN=3.5,VOAREFPWR=5.0,OSRI=Y,
AMPLMODE=GAIN,CHPOWER=-10.0,GAIN=3.0,EXPGAIN=3.0,REFOPWR=10.0,
OFFSET=0.0,REFTILT=3.0,CALTILT=0.0,ASEOPWR=5.0,DCULOSS=1.2,
AWGST=WARM-UP,HEATST=ON,NAME=\“OTS PORT\”:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “LINE” section. |
|
Ring direction of the optical line. The parameter type is RDIRN_MODE, which is the optical ring direction. |
|
The direction of the signal is from east to west (clockwise). |
|
The direction of the signal is from west to east (counterclockwise). |
|
The optical port type. The parameter type is OPTICAL_PORT_TYPE, which qualifies the optical port of a card. |
|
COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal from the previous card |
|
Rx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
The express channel that continues the signal from the previous card |
|
All the channels that continue the signal from the previous card |
|
OSC channel that continues the signal from the previous card |
|
COM channels (without OSC) that continue the signal to the next card |
|
Tx managed port on Raman CTP card used for span continuity check. |
|
(Optional) The optical power measured at this port. It can be the input or output power according to port type. POWER is a float. |
|
(Optional) The optical power of the OSC channel inside the OTS port. |
|
(Optional) The working control mode of the VOA. The parameter type is VOA_CNTR_MODE, which defines the VOA control mode. |
|
VOA controls the attenuation to obtain a fixed output power. |
|
(Optional) The value of calibrated attenuation for the VOA. VOAATTN is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of calibrated output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAPWR is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference attenuation for the VOA. VOAREFATTN is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of reference output power that the VOA is going to set as a result of its attenuation. VOAREFPWR is a float. |
|
(Optional) OSRI enabled or disabled. Present only on a port where the safety is supported. Defaults to off. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) The optical amplification control mode. The parameter type is AMPL_MODE, which defines amplifier control mode. |
|
(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the amplifier control mode. |
|
(Optional) The per channel optical power. Applicable only to amplified OTS ports. |
|
(Optional) Parameter status flag indicating the state of the channel power. |
|
(Optional) The value of the gain of the amplifier. Defaults to 21 dB for a preamplifier and 20 dB for a booster amplifier. |
|
(Optional) The expected gain value to be reached from an amplifier when the node is in a DWDM access network. EXPGAIN is a float. |
|
Parameter status flag indicating the state of the expected gain. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calculated optical power expected for the output line added to the calibration value, which equals the total expected output power. REFOPWR is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output line, which is added to the calculated value to have the total expected output power. OFFSET is a float. |
|
(Optional) The calculated tilt value to be added to the user provided calibration value. REFTILT is a float. |
|
Parameter status flag indicating the state of the calculated tilt. |
|
(Optional) The amplifier calibration tilt offset to be added to the calculated reference value. CALTILT is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calibrated optical power expected for the output line which is provided by the user, added to the calculated value to have the total expected output power. ASEOPWR is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of insertion loss associated to DCU in between the two stages of a preamplifier unit. DCULOSS is a float. |
|
(Optional) The status assumed by arrayed waveguide grating (AWG). The parameter value is AWG_STATUS, which is the AWG status list. |
|
(Optional) The status assumed by the heater. The parameter type is HEATER_STATUS, which is the heater status list. |
|
(Optional) Locked-Automatic In Service to Unlocked transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from Locked-AutomaticInService to Unlocked measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
Identifies the time. Time is a string. Default value is - current time. |
|
Identifies the date. Date is a string. Default value is - current date. |
|
(Optional) Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.112 RTRV-OTU
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Optical Transport Unit Level (RTRV-OTU) command retrieves the attributes (service parameters) and state of an OTU2 facility.
Usage Guidelines
The OVRCLK is the new parameter added and applicable for RTRV-OTU command on 10x10G-LC SFP+ ports only.
The RTRV-OTU4 is modified by adding a new parameter NUMOFLANES, which describes the number of sublanes provisioned on Aggregate ports of CFP-LC cards.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “LINE” section and “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:,,[<ROLE>],[<STATUS>]:[NAME=<PORTNAME>],GCC=<GCC>],[DWRAP=<DWRAP>],[FEC=<FEC>],[PAYLOADMAP=<PAYLOADMAP>],[OSDBER=<OSDBER>],[PMMODE=<PMMODE>],[NUMOFLANES=<NUMOFLANES>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”;
Output Example

"VFAC-3-1-1:,,WORK,STBY:GCC=N,FREQ=USE-TWL1,LOSSB=AUTOPROV,SOAK=32,,SQUELCHMODE=ODU-AIS,ADMSSM=STU,NUMOFLANES=10:OOS-MA,DSBLD
Output Parameters

|
|
Access identifier from the “LINE” section. |
|
OTN SDBER. Can only be provisioned on the working port. Defaults to 1E-7. Parameter type is SD_BER—the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
Identifies the generic communication channel (GCC) connection of the port. |
|
(Optional) The ITU-T G.709 monitoring digital wrapper. It is either on or off. The system default is ON. For MXP_2.5G_10G and TXP_MR_10G cards, this applies only to the DWDM port. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). To enable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port and the payload (in which the card is configured) should not be UNFRAMED. To disable ITU-T G.709 monitoring, there should be no GCC on the DWDM port, the FEC should be turned to off, there should be no overhead circuit created on the DWDM port, and none of the client ports on the card should be part of a Y-cable protection group (muxponder only). |
|
(Optional) Forward error correction. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON. It is either off or enabled in standard or enhanced mode. The system default is standard FEC enabled. The FEC level PM and thresholds apply if the FEC is turned ON. The parameter type is FEC_MODE, which specifies the type of forward error correction. |
|
20 % Enhanced FEC supported on fixed trunk port of 100G-LC-C card. |
|
(Optional) The type of payload mapping. It can be enabled only if ITU-T G.709 monitoring is turned ON and FEC is enabled. The parameter type is PAYLOAD_MAPPING, which is the payload mapping mode. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN, which indicates the optical wavelength. |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is REACH, which indicates the reach values. |
|
Indicates whether the optical trunk is over-clocked or not. It can be Y or N. The default is N. |
|
Shuts down the far-end laser in response to certain defects. |
|
(Optional) SSM selectable. Only applicable to BITS-IN when SSM is disabled. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
(Optional) Command mode. Normal (NORM) mode is the default behavior for all commands but you can specify forced (FRCD) mode to force the system to override a state where the command would normally be denied. The FRCD mode of operation is applicable to delete a virtual concatenated (VCAT) member cross-connect in Unlocked-Enabled or Locked-Disabled, AutomaticInService service states. |
|
Indentifies the Number of sublanes on the Aggregate port with values 1 or 4. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the PST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.113 RTRV-PATH-OCH
(ONS 15454) The Retrieve Path Optical Channel (RTRV-PATH-OCH) command retrieves the OCH path inside a node. An OCH path is a list of access identifiers that addresses all the possible facility and internal optical channels that are all associated to the same wavelength.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section, “LINEWL” section, and “BANDWL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>::[WLEN=<WLEN>],[PATH=<PATH>]:"
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"CHAN-6-2::WLEN=1530.33,PATH=LINEWL-1-3-RX-1530.33&LINEWL-1-1-TX-1530.33&
LINEWL-3-1-RX-1530.33&CHAN-3-1-TX&CHAN-6-2:"
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section, “LINEWL” section, and “BANDWL” section. |
|
Defines the optical wavelength. The parameter type is OPTICAL_WLEN (optical wavelength). |
|
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section or the “LINEWL” section. |
21.114 RTRV-PM-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, CLNT, AUTO, 3GVIDEO, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETH, ETRCLO, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, HDSDI, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3STP1G, ISC3PEER2G, ISC3STP2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU1, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, SDSDI, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PM-<MOD2>) command retrieves the values of PM parameters for a specified card type.

Note The RTRV-PM-<MOD2> command does not retrieve SEFS/RS-OFS PM counter for OC192/STM64 payloads on ADM-10G, 40G/40E (TXP/MXP), and OTU2-XP cards.
Usage Guidelines
- See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
- MONLEV is in the format of LEV-DIRN.
- The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of the year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of the month) ranges from 1 to 31.
- The format for MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of the day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of the hour) ranges from 0 to 59.
- If there are no errors to report, the response will be COMPLD (completed).
- If the TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if MONTM is not null.
- A null value for MONLEV defaults to 1-UP.
- A null value for MONDAT defaults to the current date (MM-DD).
- A null value for MONTM defaults to the current time (HH-MM).
- Unless otherwise stated, DS-1 cards are the only cards that support both the RCV and TRMT directions. All other cards only support the RCV direction.
- After BLSR switching, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the IPPM can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
- If there is a STS PCA on the protection path, during the BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
- Some MOD2 entities; for example, OCH, CLNT, and Optical (OCn), support negative MONTYPE values. By default, this command defaults to 0–UP (return MONTYPEs where the MONVAL is 0 or higher). To retrieve the negative values, you must issue 0–DN in the MONLEV field. The rules are as follows:
– Client port only–Laser and SONET PMs are applicable and will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear, provided the MONLEV criteria is met.
– Trunk port Laser PMs are always available. Laser PMs are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN PMs will appear. If ITU-T G.709 and FEC are enabled, then the FEC PMs will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear. All PM MONVALUEs should pass the MONLEV filter criteria.
- For DWDM cards, the MONLEV filter criteria will not support a floating point. It will be returned and interpreted as an integer.
- If the DS-1 mode of the DS3XM-12 card is FDL, the DS-1 path can retrieve FDL/T.403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in the RTRV-PM-DS1 command.
- This command can also be used to retrieve the RMON-managed PM data.
- RTRV-PM-OTL retrieves Optical Thresholds only. This command is denied on sublanes of CFP-LC as optical thresholds are retrieved on CFP-LC's aggregate port.
- This command retrieves only OTN/FEC stats on Virtual ports of 100G-LC-C. This command does not retrieve any Optical statistics as they are retrieved on Aggregate ports on CFP-LC.
- This command retrieves optical stats on sublanes on 100G-LC-C only. The command is denied for Aggregate port on CFP-LC.
- RTRV-PM-OCH on Fixed Trunk on 100G-LC-C also retrieves OSNR and PM stats.
- With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, the command is denied when DATE and TIME are not specified.
- With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, RMON PMs are retrieved when DATE and TIME are specified.
- With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs except RMON PMs are retrieved without DATE and TIME specified.
- With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs are retrieved with DATE and TIME specified.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-PM-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<MONLEV>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>];
Input Example

RTRV-PM-T1:TID:FAC-2-1:123::CVL,10-UP,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45;
Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. All of the STS, VT1, Facility, and DS1 AIDs are supported. |
|
Monitored type. A null value defaults to all montypes applicable to the modifier. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The discriminating level of the requested monitored parameter in the format of LEVEL-DIRN, where LEVEL is the measured value of the monitored parameter (MONVAL) and DIRN is the type of direction. A null value defaults to 1-UP. MONLEV is a string. |
|
Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
Type of direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION (transmit and receive directions). |
|
Accumulation time period for performance counters. If TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
|
The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of DATE is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. A null value defaults to current date. |
|
The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of TIME is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. A null value defaults to current time. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,[<VLDTY>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<MONDAT>],[<MONTM>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,DS1-14:CVL,21,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45”
;
"CHAN-1-7-2,OCH:,93899775.1,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,05-15,02-45"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
Monitored type. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count seconds, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The value to which the register identified by MONTYPE is to be initialized to or the measured value of a monitored parameter. The value is in the form of numeric counts or rates. MOVAL is a string. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the information for the specified time period was accumulated over the entire time period or some portion thereof. Validity indicator for the reported PM data. The parameter type is VALIDITY, which is the response validity. |
|
(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place |
|
The PM count retrieval direction. The parameter type is DIRECTION, which is the transmit and receive directions. |
|
(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
|
(Optional) The beginning date of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of month) ranges from 1 to 31. MONDAT is a string. |
|
(Optional) The beginning time of day of the PM or storage register period specified in TMPER. The format of MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of hour) ranges from 0 to 59. MONTM is a string. |
21.115 RTRV-PM-ALL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Monitoring All (RTRV-PM-ALL) command retrieves the values of all the performance monitoring parameters for the specified AID. When the ALL AID is used, the response will include the PM parameters for all cards and ports in the chassis.
Usage Guidelines
- The format of MONLEV is LEV-DIRN.
- The format of MONDAT is MM-DD, where MM (month of the year) ranges from 1 to 12 and DD (day of the month) ranges from 1 to 31.
- The format for MONTM is HH-MM, where HH (hour of the day) ranges from 0 to 23 and MM (minute of the hour) ranges from 0 to 59.
- If the TMPER is 1-DAY, MONTM is not applicable (null), and is treated as null if MONTM is not null.
- A null value for MONLEV defaults to 1-UP.
- A null value for MONDAT defaults to the current date (MM-DD).
- A null value for MONTM defaults to the current time (HH-MM).
- Unless otherwise stated, DS-1 cards are the only cards that support both the RCV and TRMT directions. All other cards only support the RCV direction.
- After BLSR switching, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the IPPM can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
- If there is a STS PCA on the protection path, during the BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
- Some MOD2 entities; for example, OCH, CLNT, and Optical (OCn), support negative MONTYPE values. By default, this command defaults to 0–UP (return MONTYPEs where the MONVAL is 0 or higher). To retrieve the negative values, you must issue 0–DN in the MONLEV field. The rules are as follows:
– Client port only–Laser and SONET PMs are applicable and will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear, provided the MONLEV criteria is met.
– Trunk port Laser PMs are always available. Laser PMs are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN PMs will appear. If ITU-T G.709 and FEC are enabled, then the FEC PMs will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET PMs will appear. All PM MONVALUEs should pass the MONLEV filter criteria.
- For DWDM cards, the MONLEV filter criteria will not support a floating point. It will be returned and interpreted as an integer.
- If the DS-1 mode of the DS3XM-12 card is FDL, the DS-1 path can retrieve FDL/T.403 FEND PM counts up to 32 15-minute intervals in the RTRV-PM-DS1 command.
- BTH is not supported for the direction. A null value for direction should take care of TRMT and RCV.
- RTRV-PM-ALL command can also be used to retrieve the RMON managed PM data.
- With TMPER=1-MIN and TMPER=1-HR, RMON PMs are retrieved when DATE and TIME are specified.
- With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs except RMON PMs are retrieved without DATE and TIME specified.
- With TMPER=15-MIN and TMPER=1-DAY, All PMs are retrieved with DATE and TIME specified.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-PM-ALL:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<MONLEV>],[<LOCN>],
[<DIRECTION>],[<TMPER>],[<DATE>],[<TIME>];
Input Example

RTRV-PM-ALL:TID:FAC-2-1:123::CVL,10-UP,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45;
Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<MONTYPE>,<MONVAL>,[<VLDTY>],[<LOCN>],[<DIRECTION>],
[<TMPER>],[<MONDAT>],[<MONTM>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-2-1,DS1-14:CVL,21,COMPL,NEND,RCV,15-MIN,04-11,12-45”
;
Output Parameters

21.116 RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, or STS9C (RTRV-PMMODE-<STS_PATH>) command retrieves the type of PM mode that has been previously set in the NE. This command can be used to identify whether the PM parameters are Section, Line or Path type, and to identify whether or not the PMs are being collected by the NE.
Usage Guidelines
- See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
- The PM mode and state of an entity is set by using the SET-PMMODE command.
- This command returns the categories that are enabled only.
- This near-end monitoring of the intermediate-path performance monitoring (IPPM) only supports OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, and EC1 on the STS Path.
- The far-end IPPM data collection is supported by MRC-12 and ADM-10G cards only.
- This release of software will support only the Path (P) mode type PM parameters with this command, that is, this command will not be applicable for Line (L) and Section (S) mosde types. Note that the PM monitoring for Line (L) and Section (S) are supported by the ONS 15454, and the storing PM data is always performed.
- This command only returns the categories that are enabled (pmstate is ON), and does not return the categories that are disabled (pmstate is OFF).
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. Must not be null. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:[<LOCN>],<MODETYPE>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-4-1-2:NEND,P”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
|
(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The type of PM parameters that the entity or the subentity is to store as a result of an attribute change. The parameter type is PM_MODE, which is the type of PM parameters. |
|
21.117 RTRV-PMMODE-<VT_PATH>
The Retrieve Performance Mode of PM Data Collection for VT1 and VT2 (RTRV-PMMODE-<VT_PATH>) command retrieves the type of PM mode that has been previously set in the NE. This command can be used to identify whether the PM parameters are Section, Line, or Path type, and to identify whether or not the PMs are being collected by the NE.
Usage Guidelines
- The PM mode and state of an entity is set by using the SET-PMMODE command.
- This command returns the categories that are enabled (pmstate is ON) only. It does not return the categories that are disabled (pmstate is OFF).
- This release of software will support only the Path (P) mode type PM parameters with this command, that is, this command will not be applicable for Line (L) and Section (S) mode types.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. Must not be null. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. Must not be null. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:<LOCN>,<MODETYPE>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VT1-1-1-2-2:NEND,P”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
The type of PM parameters that the entity or the subentity is to store as a result of an attribute change. The parameter type is PM_MODE, which is the type of PM parameters. |
|
21.118 RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Monitoring Schedule for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CHGRP, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VC12, VC3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, HDSDI, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, OTU1, or SDSDI (RTRV-PMSCHED-<MOD2>) command retrieves the PM reporting schedule that was set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME M CTAG COMPLD "<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,[<NUMINVL>],, [<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],[<TMOFST>],[<INHMODE>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-3-1-1,ISC3STP2G:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,0-0-15,ALW"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
Reporting interval. How often a report is to be generated and sent to the appropriate NE. REPTINVL is a string. |
|
Report time. The time of day for the next PM report. REPTTM is a string. Note PM schedule processing is performed every 5 minutes. Therefore, specifying a REPTINVL of 5-MIN or less would be processed at the earliest every 5 minutes. |
|
(Optional) The remaining number of intervals over which the PM will be reported. NUMINVL is an integer. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode will be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24 hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
|
(Optional) Time offset between reporting/diagnostics/exercises; from the end of the last complete accumulation time period to the beginning of the accumulation time period specified by TMPER. TMOFST is a string. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether a function is inhibited by an INH command. Indicates whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (by the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (by the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command). The parameter type is INH_MODE, which indicates whether the function is inhibited. |
|
21.119 RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Performance Schedule All (RTRV-PMSCHED-ALL) command retrieves all the PM reporting schedules that were set for the NE by the SCHED-PMREPT command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,[<AIDTYPE>]:<REPTINVL>,<REPTDAT>,<REPTTM>,[<NUMINVL>],,
[<MONLEV>],<LOCN>,,[<TMPER>],<TMOFST>,[<INHMODE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-3-1,OC3:30-MIN,5-25,14-46,100,,1-UP,NEND,,15-MIN,0-0-15,ALW”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
Reporting interval. How often a report is to be generated and sent to the appropriate NE. REPTINVL is a string. |
|
Report time. The time of day for the next PM report. REPTTM is a string. |
|
(Optional) The remaining number of intervals over which PM is to be reported. NUMINVL is an integer. |
|
Location associated with a particular command. Identifies the location from which the PM mode is to be retrieved. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24 hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
|
(Optional) Time offset between reporting/diagnostics/exercises; from the end of the last complete accumulation time period to the beginning of the accumulation time period specified by TMPER. TMOFST is a string. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether a function is inhibited by an INH command. Indicates whether the reporting of PM data is inhibited (by the INH-PMREPT-ALL command) or is allowed (by the ALW-PMREPT-ALL command). The parameter type is INH_MODE, which indicates whether the function is inhibited. |
|
21.120 RTRV-POS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Packet Over SONET (RTRV-POS) command retrieves the back-end port information for the Ethernet card when the back-end port is working in POS mode.
Usage Guidelines
- This command is supported for the ML-Series cards.
- For the ML-Series card, the EDGE, RPRSPAN, JUMBO, ADMINSTATE, ENCAP, and NAME parameters are valid when the card mode is ML-IEEE-RPR. Other parameters, including PST and SST, are not valid in this mode.
- This command is supported for the ASAP card, but ADMINSTATE information will not appear.
- Because the back-end port is virtual, the Virtual Facility (VFAC) AID should be used when issuing the command.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[ADMINSTATE=<ADMINSTATE>],[JUMBO=<MTU>],[ENCAP=<ENCAP>],
[RPRSPAN=<RPRSPAN>],[EDGE=<EDGE>],[NAME=<NAME>]:”;
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VFAC-1-1::ADMINSTATE=DOWN,JUMBO=N,ENCAP=RPR-GFP-F,RPRSPAN=EAST,
EDGE=Y,NAME=\"RPR\":"
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Administration type. The parameter type is UP_DOWN (up or down). |
|
GMP mapping mode is supported only on 8GFC on 10x10G-LC card. |
|
21.121 RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 8GFC, D1VIDEO, DV6000, DVBASI, ETRCLO, FSTE, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ISC3, OTU3, OTU4, PASSTHRU, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-PROTNSW-<MOD2DWDMPAYLOAD>) command retrieves the protection switch status of client facilities.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AIDUNIONID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1-1:FRCD,MANWKSWBK”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Switch command to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated. |
|
APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect. |
|
Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service. |
|
(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection. |
|
21.122 RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protection Switch for OC3, OC12, OC48, OC192, OC768 (RTRV-PROTNSW-<OCN_TYPE>) command retrieves the switching state of a SONET line specified in the AID.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-5-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Switch command to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated. |
|
APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect. |
|
Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service. |
|
(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection. |
|
21.123 RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protection Switch for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PROTNSW-<PATH>) command retrieves the switching state of a SONET path protection STS path specified in the AID. Because Telcordia GR-1400 does not allow LOCKOUT_OF_WORKING on the path protection WORKING path/AID, the “AID:LOCKOUT,LOCKOUTOFWK” does not appear in this protection switch retrieval result.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Note RTRV-PROTNSW-VT1 accepts STS-1 AID when STS-1 cross connection is made using the DS1 card. This will allow the user to retrieve all the VT1 conditions/alarms that are raised by DS-1 card when STS-1 cross connect is created.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CROSSCONNECTID>:<SC>,[<SWITCHTYPE>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-5-1-1:MAN,MANWKSWBK”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
|
Switch command that is to be initiated on the paths. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated. |
|
APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect. |
|
Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service. |
|
(Optional) Switch type. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection. |
|
21.124 RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch Optical Channel (RTRV-PROTNSW-OCH) command retrieves the protection switch status of the TXPP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G card’s splitter protection group (of its working and protected trunk ports).
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2:FRCD,FRCDWKSWBK”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Indicates the switch operation. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated. |
|
APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect. |
|
Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service. |
|
Indicates the switch type operation. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection. |
|
21.125 RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Protection Switch OTS (RTRV-PROTNSW-OTS) command retrieves the protection switch status of the PSM splitter protection group (of its working and protected OTS RX ports).
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
Output Format

Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2:FRCD,FRCDWKSWBK”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Indicates the switch operation. The parameter type is SW, which is the type of switch to be initiated. |
|
APS-CLEAR switch state. It is a read-only switch state and is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
CLEAR switch state. CLEAR switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
EXERCISE switch state. EXERCISE switch state is not allowed in the OPR-PROTNSW-xxx commands. |
|
Forces a switch unless another FRCD or LOCKOUT is in effect. |
|
Locks the facility out of switching. The system cannot switch to this facility to carry service. |
|
Indicates the switch type operation. The parameter type is SWITCH_TYPE, which is the BLSR switch type. MANWKSWBK, MANWKSWPR, FRCDWKSWBK, FRCDWKSWPR, LOCKOUTOFPR, and LOCKOUTOFWK are retrieve-only values for RTRV-PROTNSW-OCn commands. They are not applicable for the OPR-PROTNSW-OCn commands. RING and SPAN are the only allowed values for BLSR protection. |
|
21.126 RTRV-PROTOCOL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Protocol (RTRV-PROTOCOL) command retrieves the status of a protocol or service supported in the NE. Valid protocols include SHELL, EMS, TL1, and SNMP. If the AID is not specified, the status of all the protocols is retrieved.
Usage Guidelines
If the AID is TL1, the status can be retrieved to show if the protocol is in SECURE or UNSECURE mode.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<PROTOCOLAID>:<PROTOCOLSTAT>”
;
Output Example

Output Parameters

21.127 RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Path Trace for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATJ>) command retrieves the contents of the SONET path trace message.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
The path trace message is a 64-character string with the last two characters reserved for the terminating CR (carriage return) and the LF (line feed). The message can be an incoming path trace message, an expected incoming path trace message, or an outgoing path trace message, which is inserted into the path overhead of the outgoing signal.
The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The path trace mode defaults to OFF mode. The MANUAL mode performs the comparison of the received string with the user-entered expected string. The AUTO mode performs the comparison of the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.
When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user-entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.
When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.
When the transmitted string is queried under the OFF, MANUAL, or AUTO path trace mode, the transmitted string is the provisioned transmit string.

Note ● A null value for the MSGTYPE defaults to INCTRC.
- Only the NEND location value is supported. A null value of the location defaults to NEND.
- Sending a FEND of the location with this command will return an “unsupported locn value” error message.
- J1 (EXPTRC/INCTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, OC3, OC48A, OC192, OC192-XFP, and MRC-12 cards.
- TRC is supported only on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, and DS3XM cards.
- The VCAF AID is only valid on slots holding ML-Series cards.
- After the BLSR switch, the working path is switched out and the traffic goes through the protection path. The J1 trace message can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
- If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during the BLSR switch, the PCA path is preemptive. If this command is sent on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command will return the trace message off of the protection path and not from the PCA path.
- The J2 path trace on the VT1.5 is supported on the VT1.5 cross-connection of the DS3XM-12 card in Software R5.0 and later.
- The VT2 modifier is not supported in this release.
- According to Telcordia GR-833, RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH> can only have a single output row, therefore you cannot specify multiple AIDs using '&' with this command because each AID would require it's own output row. You also cannot use the AIDs that end in ALL because this might also result in multiple output rows.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-PTHTRC-<PATH>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>][:<LOCN>];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. |
|
Type of autonomous message to be retrieved. A null value defaults to INCTRC. The parameter type is MSGTYPE, which is the type of trace message. |
|
Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

21.128 RTRV-PTSYS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Packet Transport System (RTRV-PTSYS) command retrieves the provisioned information of the CPT 50 panel.
Usage Guidelines
This command is valid for CPT 50 panel. Retrieves the PTSYS information provisioned on the Node.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

PTSYS-1:PTSYSID=1,OPMODE=NMS,MEMLIST=\"SLOT-3-36&SLOT-2&PTSA;
Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<PTSYS AID>:<MODE>,<MEMLIST>,<FOGLIST>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“PTSYS-1:PTSYSID=1,OPMODE=NMS,MEMLIST=\”SLOT-3&PTSA-37\”,FOGLIST=\”FOG-1-36”;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
21.129 RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve QinQ Channel Group (RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP) command retrieves the IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to a channel group.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-QNQ-CHGRP:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,
<SVLANID>[:];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHGRP” section. |
|
---|---|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
The COS will be provisioned on CVLAN basis (QinQ selective mode) |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD “<AID>:<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<SVLANID>:RULE=<RULE>,[INTERNALVLAN=<INTERNAL_VLAN_ID>],[INGRESSCOS=<INGRESSCOS>[:];
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHGRP-1-1:110,111,1208:RULE=DOUBLE-ADD,INTERNALVLAN=18,INGRASSCOS=”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the CHGRP. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
Used to represent the Rules allowed for VLAN tagging operations. Default is ADD. |
|
XLTE and ADD rule applied together. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN substitutes the Customer VLAN, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added |
|
ADD rule applied two times. This rule request to supply an internal S-VLAN. First the Internal VLAN is added, then Service Provider VLAN TAG (S-VLAN) is added to have a double tag |
|
21.130 RTRV-QNQ-ETH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve QinQ Ethernet (RTRV-QNQ-ETH) command retrieves the
IEEE 802.1Q tunneling (QinQ) relationship between the CE-VLAN and the S-VLAN for Gigabit Ethernet uniport provisioning associated to an L2 Ethernet port.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-QNQ-ETH:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,
<SVLANID>[:];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. Value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<FIRSTCEVLANID>,<LASTCEVLANID>,<SVLANID>:RULE=<RULE>[:]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“ETH-1-1-1:110,111,1208:RULE=XLTE:”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number between 1 and 4096. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. This identifier is used for customer VLAN IDs and service provider VLAN IDs. |
|
Used to represent the Rules allowed for VLAN tagging operations. Default is ADD. |
|
21.131 RTRV-RAMAN
Retrieve RAMAN retrieves the attributes of a RAMAN measure.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameter

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<MEAS_INDEX>:<MINRAMANLEV>,<MAXRAMANLEV>,<TIME>,<DATE>,<DELTAPWR>”;
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-1-2-5-TX:: MINRAMANLEV=1.0,MAXRAMANLEV=2.0,TIME=00-00-00,DATE=02-02-07,DELTAPWR=0.0;”
Output Parameters

21.132 RTRV-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-REP) command retrieves the Resilient Ethernet Protocol (REP) configuration on the ethernet port of GE_XP or 10GE_XP card.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[SEGMENTID=<SEGMENTID>],[EDGE=<EDGE>],[PORTROLE=<PORTROLE>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>],[PREEMPTDELAY=<PREEMPTDELAY>][:]”
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
ETH-16-1-1::SEGMENTID=1,EDGE=Y,PORTROLE=NO_NEIGHBOR,PREFERRED=N,
REEMPTDELAY=0”
;
Output Parameters

Ethernet AIDs are used to access L2 Ethernet ports. Access identifier from the “ETH” section. |
|
Indicates the segment ID for REP segment. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
|
The parameter type is REP_PORT_ROLE, which indicates the port’s role in a REP Segment for the ethernet ports. |
|
Indicates that the port has no neighbor port in the segment. |
|
Indicates that the port is a primary port and has no neighbor port in the segment. |
|
Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing. |
|
21.133 RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Remote Monitoring Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 2GFICON, 4GFC, 4GFICON, 8GFC, CHGRP, FSTE, G1000, ETH, GFP, GFPOS, GIGE, HDLC, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OCH, POS, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>) command retrieves an entry in the remote monitoring (RMON) alarm table for the threshold of data statistics managed by the RMON engine.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, ISC3STP2G, and OTU2.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-RMONTH-<MOD2_RMON>:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],,,,[<INTVL>]:[RISE=<RISE>],[FALL=<FALL>],[SAMPLE=<SAMPLE>],[STARTUP=<STARTUP>][:];
Input Example

RTRV-RMONTH-ISC3STP1G::VFAC-4-1-1:1::MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,10:RISE=10,FALL=1,SAMPLE=ABSOLUTE;
Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. AID for the facility that the data statistic is managed by. |
|
Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistic. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The interval in seconds during which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds). A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
The rising threshold for the sampled statistic. A valid value is any integer. A null value is equivalent to ALL |
|
The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
|
The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE, which describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period. |
|
Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted by the last sample |
|
Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE, which indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold, or the falling threshold. |
Output Format

RTRV-RMONTH-SDSDI:CISCO:VFAC-2-5-1:1234::MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,100:RISE=1000, FALL=100,SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING;
Output Example

"VFAC-2-5-1,SDSDI: MEDIAINDSTATSRXLCVERRORS,,,,100:INDEX=2,RISE=1000,FALL=100, SAMPLE=DELTA,STARTUP=RISING"
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
The type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2_RMON, which is the line modifiers. |
|
Monitored type. Type of RMON monitored data statistic. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. |
|
A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling threshold. A valid value is any integer larger than or equal to 10 (seconds). |
|
The index for the threshold created by the system in the RMON threshold table. INDEX is an integer. |
|
The rising threshold for the sampled statistic. A valid value is any integer. |
|
The falling threshold. A valid value is any integer smaller than the rising threshold. AID is an integer |
|
The method of calculating the value to be compared to the thresholds. The parameter type is SAMPLE_TYPE, which describes how the data will be calculated during the sampling period |
|
Comparing with the current value of the selected variable subtracted from the last sample |
|
Dictates whether an event will generate if the first valid sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold, less than or equal to the falling threshold, or both. The parameter type is STARTUP_TYPE, which indicates whether an event will be generated when the first valid sample is crossing the rising or falling threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is smaller than or equal to the falling threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is greater than or equal to the rising threshold. |
|
Generates the event when the sample is crossing the rising threshold or the falling threshold. |
21.134 RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Roll for STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, VC11, VC12, VC3, VT1, or VT2 (RTRV-ROLL-<MOD_PATH>) command retrieves roll data parameters.
Usage Guidelines
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). Roll path (STS or VT). |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<FROM>,<TO>:RFROM=<RFROM>,RTO=<RTO>,[RMODE=<RMODE>],
VLDSIG=<VLDSIG>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-1-1-1,STS-2-1-1:RFROM=STS-2-1-1,RTO=STS-3-1-1,RMODE=AUTO,VLDSIG=N”
;
Output Parameters

One of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
One of the termination points (legs) of the existing cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
The termination point of the existing cross-connect that is to be rolled. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
The termination point that will become a leg of the new cross-connection. AID from the “CrossConnectId1” section (except VCM and FACILITY). |
|
(Optional) The rolling mode of operation. The parameter type is RMODE, which specifies the roll mode. |
|
Automatic. When a valid signal is available, the roll under AUTO mode will automatically delete the previous end-point. |
|
Manual. Enter the corresponding delete roll/bulkroll command to delete the previous end-point. |
|
Shows whether or not the roll has received a valid signal. VLDSIG is Y if the signal is valid and N if it is not. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
21.135 RTRV-ROUTE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Route (RTRV-ROUTE) command retrieves static routes.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-ROUTE:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<DESTIP>],[<IPMASK>],[<NXTHOP>],[<COST>];
Input Example

RTRV-ROUTE:CISCO::123::10.64.72.57,255.255.255.0,10.64.10.1,200;
Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“,:<DESTIP>,<IPMASK>,<NXTHOP>,<COST>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,:\“10.64.72.57\”,\“255.255.255.0\”,\“10.64.10.1\”,200”
;
Output Parameters

21.136 RTRV-ROUTE-GRE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Route Generic Routing Encapsulation (RTRV-ROUTE-GRE) command displays the existing GRE tunnels.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“,:IPADDR=<IPADDR>,IPMASK=<IPMASK>,NSAP=<NSAP>,COST=<COST>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“,:IPADDR=10.64.72.57,IPMASK=255.255.255.0,
NSAP=39840F80FFFFFF0000DDDDAA000010CFB4910200,COST=110”
;
Output Parameters

Routing cost associated with the tunnel. COST is an integer. |
21.137 RTRV-SHELFSTAT
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The RTRV-SHELFSTAT command retrieves and reports the temperature and voltage of the shelf.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"AID:AIDTYPE,TEMPERATURE= <TEMPERATURE>,VOLTAGEA= <VOLTAGEA>,VOLTAGEB= <VOLTAGEB>[,VOLTAGEC= <VOLTAGEC>,VOLTAGED= <VOLTAGED>]"
;
Output Example

TID-000 2008-07-19 18:57:00
M 001 COMPLD
":SHELF,TEMPERATURE=22C,VOLTAGEA=51760,VOLTAGEB=51783,VOLTAGEC=51760,VOLTAGED=51783"
;
21.138 RTRV-SLV-WDMANS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Span Loss Verification Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-SLV-WDMANS) command retrieves the expected span loss verification provisioned by the ED-SLV-WDMANS command.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “WDMANS” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>],
[SLVACT=<SLVACT>],[RESOLUTION=<RESOLUTION>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WDMANS-E::HIGHSLVEXP=10.0,LOWSLVEXP=5.0,SLVACT=10.0,RESOLUTION=1.0:”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “WDMANS” section. |
|
(Optional) The high range value of the expected span loss verification. HIGHSLVEXP is a float. |
|
(Optional) The low range value of the expected span loss verification. LOWSLVEXP is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the calculated span loss verification. SLVACT is a float. |
|
(Optional) The value of the resolution applied to the calculated span loss verification. RESOLUTION is a float. |
21.139 RTRV-STCN-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The RTRV Segment Topology Change Notification Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-STCN-REP) command retrieves the Segment Topology Change Notification (STCN) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[STCNENABLED=<STCNENABLED>],[SEGRANGE=<SEGRANGE>],[STCNPORT=<STCNPORT>]”
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ETH-16-1-1::STCNENABLED=Y,SEGRANGE=\"1000-1020"\&1020-1021,
STCNPORT=ETH-16-2-1”
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
To enable or disable the Segment Topology Notification on ethernet entity for REP. |
|
Indicates the segment range start value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
|
Indicates the segment range end value for the STCN. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
|
Determines on which ethernet port the STCN should be sent. STCNPORT is an AID, it takes ETH AID value. The default is NULL. |
21.140 RTRV-STS
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Synchronous Transport Signal (RTRV-STS) command retrieves the attributes associated with an STS path based on the granularity level of NE/SLOT-specific STSs.
Usage Guidelines
- Supported AIDs are ALL, SLOT-N (N=1,2,...,ALL), STS-<SLOT>[-<PORT>]-<STS NUMBER>.
- The SFBER, SDBER, RVRTV, RVTM, SWPDIP, HOLDOFFTIMER, and UPSRPTHSTATE parameters only apply to path protection.
- The path trace message is a 64-character string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed) that is transported in the J1 byte of the SONET STS Path overhead.
- The EXPTRC indicates that the contents of the expected incoming path trace are provisioned by the user in the ED-STS_PATH command. The TRC indicates the contents of the outgoing path trace message. The INCTRC indicates the contents of the incoming path trace message.
- The path trace mode has three modes: OFF, MANUAL, and AUTO. The mode defaults to OFF. The MANUAL mode compares the received string with the user entered expected string. The AUTO mode compares the present received string with an expected string set to a previously received string. If there is a mismatch, the TIM-P alarm is raised. When the path trace mode is in OFF mode, there is no path trace processing, and all the alarm and state conditions are reset.
- When the expected string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the provisioned string or NULL. When an expected string is queried under the MANUAL path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the user entered string. When an expected string is queried under the AUTO path trace mode, the expected string is a copy of the acquired received string or NULL if the string has not been acquired.
- When the incoming string is queried under the OFF path trace mode, the incoming string is NULL. When an incoming string is queried under the MANUAL or AUTO path trace mode, the incoming string is a copy of the received string or NULL if the string has not been received.
- J1 (EXPTRC) is implemented on the DS1/DS1N, DS3E/DS3NE, DS3XM, EC1, DS3-EC1-48 OC3, OC12-4, OC48AS, OC192, OC192-XFP, and MRC-12 cards.
- TRC and INCTRC are supported on DS1(N), DS3(N)E, DS3-EC1-48, DS3XM, OC192-XFP and MRC-12 cards.
- In Software R5.0 and later, the ED-VT1 command is only supported to edit the J2 path trace on the VT1.5 cross-connection of the DS3XM-12 card.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[SFBER=<SFBER>],[SDBER=<SDBER>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],
[RVTM=<RVTM>],[SWPDIP=<SWPDIP>],[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],
[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>],
[C2=<C>],[BLSRPTHSTATE=<BLSRPTHSTATE>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-2-1-4::LEVEL=STS3C,SFBER=1E-3,SDBER=1E-5,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,SWPDIP=Y,
HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,TRC=“TRCSTRING”,
INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,TRCMODE=AUTO,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=SINGLE,
UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT,C2=0X04,BLSRPTHSTATE=PROTPTHACT:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
|
(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Applicable only to STS paths in SONET. The parameter type is STS_PATH, which is the modifier for some STS commands. |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 12 Concatenated (622 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 18 Concatenated (933 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 24 Concatenated (1240 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 36 Concatenated (1866 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (155 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 48 Concatenated (2488 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (310 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 9 Concatenated (465 Mbps) |
|
(Optional) An STS path SFBER that applies only to path protection and only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) An STS path SDBER that applies only to path protection and only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to 1E-6. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Revertive time. RVTM is not allowed to be set while RVRTV is N. Only applies to path protection. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Switch on PDI-P. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64-character ASCII string including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. Applicable only to STS-Level Paths in SONET. Defaults to null when path protection path is created. |
|
(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte (J1) continuously transmits a 64-byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting null characters (Hex 00). Applicable to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). TRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Identifies the incoming path trace message contents. Can be any combination of 64-characters. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET. Defaults to null when a path protection path is created. INCTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Path trace mode. Applicable only to STS-level Paths in SONET (STSn). Defaults to the OFF mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Default is N. TACC is an integer. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code. |
|
Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream. |
|
(Optional) The BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is BLSR_PTH_STATE, which is the BLSR path state only if the port is on the BLSR. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its PCA path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its PCA path is in the standby state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its protection path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is not switched and its working path is in the active state. |
|
Indicates the BLSR is switched and its working path is in the standby state. |
|
Administrative state in the PST_PSTQ format. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by the SST and PSTQ. |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.141 RTRV-SRVTYPE
(Cisco ONS 15454 M2 and Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Service Type (RTRV-SRVTYPE) command retrieves the service type on the ports of the TNC card.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

21.142 RTRV-SYNCN
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Synchronization command retrieves the synchronization reference list used to determine the sources for the NE's reference clock and the BITS output clock. For each clock, up to three synchronization sources can be specified (for example, PRIMARY, SECOND, THIRD).
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<REF>,<REFVAL>,[<QREF>],[<STATUS>],[<PROTECTSTATUS>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SYNC-NE:PRI,FAC-1-2,WORK,ACT,PRS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “SYNC_REF” section. |
|
Rank of synchronization reference. Access identifier from the “SYNCSW” section. |
|
Value of a synchronization reference. “SYN_SRC” section. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the working or protect card (in a protection group) provides timing. This parameter has no significance if the reference source is BITS or INTERNAL and is left blank. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level for SONET. |
|
Incoming timing signal cannot be used for synchronization as it has an alarm like LOS, LOF, AIS-L. |
|
(Optional) Status. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
(Optional) Applicable to 1+1. Designates the role of the entity in the protection group. Either it is the working or the protect entity. The parameter type is SIDE, which is the role the unit is playing in the protection group. |
|
21.143 RTRV-T1
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve T1 Facility (RTRV-T1) command retrieves the DS-1 facilities configuration.
Usage Guidelines
- The parameters SYNCMAP, ADMSSM, VTMAP, INHFELPBK, AND PROVIDESYNC are only displayed on the DS1/E1-56 card (ONS 15454).
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
- SENDDUS and RETIME are not supported on the ONS 15454.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<CLKSRC>],[<FMT>],[<LINECDE>],[<LBO>],[<TACC>],[<TAPTYPE>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SFBER>],[<SDBER>],[<NAME>],[<SYNCMSG>],[<SENDDUS>],[<RETIME>],[<AISONLPBK>],[<AISVONAIS>],[<AISONLOF>],[<MODE>],[<SYNCMAP>],[<ADMSSM>],[<PROVIDESYNC>],[<VTMAP>],[<INHFELPBK>],[<INHFEBPLPBK>],[<BERTMODE>],[<BERTPATTERN>],[<BERTERRCOUNT>],[<BERTERRRATE>]:<BERTSYNCSTATUS>,[<PST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-2-1::LINECDE=AMI,FMT=ESF,LBO=0-131,TACC=8,TAPTYPE=DUAL,SOAK=52,
SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-7,NAME=\"T1 PORT",SYNCMSG=Y,
SENDDUS=Y,RETIME=Y,AISONLPBK=ALL,AISVONAIS=Y,AISONLOF=Y,
MODE=FDL,SYNCMAP=ASYNC,ADMSSM=STU,PROVIDESYNC=N,VTMAP=GR253,
INHFELPBK=N,BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=,BERTERRRATE=NONE,BERTSYNCSTATUS=N:OOS-AU,AINS";
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Digital signal frame format. The parameter type is FRAME_FORMAT, which is the frame format for a T1 port. |
|
(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBP is an integer. The parameter type is LINE_BUILDOUT. |
|
(Optional) Defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number is within a range of 0, 1 to 999. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. SOAKLEFT is a string. Rules for SOAKLEFT are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
Synchronization status messaging is enabled or disabled on the T1 facility. Note SYNCMSG is not supported on the ONS 15454. The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
The facility will send the DUS value as the sync status message for that facility. The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
(Optional) Indicates if retiming is needed. The parameter type is YES_NO, which is whether the user’s password is about to expire, the user is logged into the NE, or the user is locked out of the NE. |
|
Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode. |
|
(Optional) Defaults to AIS_ON_LPBK_ALL. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback |
|
(Optional) Defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Mode. Default value is FDL. The parameter type is DS1MODE, which is the DS1 path mode of the DS3XM-12 card |
|
Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in AT&T 54016 mode. |
|
Indicates the DS1 path of the DS3XM-12 is in FDL T1-403 mode. |
|
(Optional) The synchronous mapping for the DS1 facility. Defaults to ASYNC. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is SYNCMAP, which is the synchronous mapping type. |
|
(Optional) The administrative synchronization status message. Only supported on the ONS 15454. The parameter type is SYNC_CLOCK_REF_QUALITY_LEVEL, which is the clock source quality level. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether the facility provides synchronization. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) The port to VT mapping type for that particular STS. Only supported on ONS 15454. Defaults to GR253. The parameter type is VTMAP, which is the VT mapping. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether far end loopbacks are inhibited on the facility. Only supported on ONS 15454. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) or Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT. |
|
Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
|
Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.144 RTRV-T3
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve T3 (RTRV-T3) command retrieves the facility properties of a DS3 or a DS3XM card.
Usage Guidelines
- CTC can set the FMT attribute of a DS3NE line to AUTOPROVISION, to set the framing based on the incoming framing. This would result in the FMT field being blanked out for a few seconds or blanked out forever for a preprovisioned DS3NE card on CTC.
- The autoprovision is not considered a valid DS3 framing type. It is used only to trigger an autosense and subsequent autoprovisioning of a valid DS3 framing type (unframed, M23, C-BIT).
- TL1 does not have the autoprovision mode according to Telcordia GR-199. TL1 maps/returns the autoprovision to be unframed.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, the DS3/T3 configurable attributes (PM, TH, alarm, etc.) only apply on the ported ports (1 to 12) and the DS3-mapped (even) portless ports in xxx-xxx-T3 commands. If you attempt to provision or retrieve DS3/T3 attributes on the VT-mapped (odd) portless port in xxx-xxx-T3 commands, an error message will be returned.
- For the DS3XM-12 card, if the administrative state is already set for a portless port the state setting operation over its associated ported port is an invalid operation.
- The parameters BERTMODE, BERTPATTERN, BERTERRCOUNT, BERTERRRATE, and BERTSYNCSTATUS apply only to DS1/E1-56 and DS3XM-12 cards.
- BERT is implemented on a single port.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[<CLKSRC>],[<FMT>],[<LINECDE>],[<LBO>],[<INHFELPBK>],[<TACC>],[<TAPTYPE>],[<SOAK>],[<SOAKLEFT>],[<SFBER>],[<SDBER>],[<NAME>],[<AISONLPBK>],[<BERTMODE>],[<BERTPATTERN>],[<BERTERRCOUNT>],[<BERTERRRATE>],[<BERTSYNCSTATUS>]:<PST>,[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
"FAC-1-2::FMT=C-BIT,LINECDE=B3ZS,LBO=0-225,INHFELPBK=N,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,SOAK=52,SOAKLEFT=12-25,SFBER=1E-4,SDBER=1E-7,
NAME=\"T3 PORT\",AISONLPBK=ALL, BERTMODE=NONE,BERTPATTERN=NONE,
BERTERRCOUNT=0,BERTERRRATE=NONE,BERTSYNCSTATUS=N:OOS-AU,AINS"
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
(Optional) Digital signal format. The parameter type is DS_LINE_TYPE, which is the DS123 line type. |
|
(Optional) Line code. The parameter type is DS_LINE_CODE, which is the DS123 line code. |
|
(Optional) Line buildout settings. LBO is an integer. The parameter type is E_LBO, which is the electrical signal line buildout. |
|
(Optional) Far-end loopback inhibition attribute of the port. If it is Y, the automatic far-end loopbacks are inhibited. It is either on or off. The system default is N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Defines the STS as a test access port with a selected unique TAP number. The TAP number is within a range of 0, 1 to 999. When TACC is 0 (zero), the TAP is deleted. Default is N. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
(Optional) OOS-AINS to IS transition soak time as measured in 15-minute intervals. SOAK is an integer. |
|
(Optional) Time remaining for the transition from OOS-AINS to IS measured in 1 minute intervals. The format is HH-MM where HH ranges from 00 to 48 and MM ranges from 00 to 59. SOAKLEFT is a string. Rules for <SOAKLEFT> are as follows:
|
|
(Optional) The port signal failure threshold. Defaults to 1E-4. The parameter type is SF_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal failure on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) Port signal degrade threshold. Defaults to 1E-7. The parameter type is SD_BER, which is the threshold for declaring signal degrade on a facility or path. |
|
(Optional) AIS on loopback. The parameter type is AIS_ON_LPBK, which indicates if AIS is sent on a loopback. |
|
Specifies the mode [Test Pattern Generator (TPG) and Test Pattern Monitor (TPM)] of the port for BERT. |
|
Integer value. Value –1 indicates that BERT is disabled/not supported. |
|
Synchronization status of BERT values. The parameter type is Y_N, which specifies if synchronization status is up or down. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.145 RTRV-TACC
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Test Access (RTRV-TACC) command retrieves details associated with a TAP. The TAP is identified by the TAP number. The ALL input TAP value means that the command will return all the configured TACCs in the NE.

Note The RTRV-TACC command displays the working path AID irrespective of whether TACC is connected to the working or protect path of the path protected circuit.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The assigned number for AID being used as a test access point. TAP must be an integer within a range of 1 to 999. The ALL TAP value returns all the configured TACCs in this NE. TAP is a string. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<TAP>:<TACC_AIDA>,<TACC_AIDB>,[<MD>],[<CROSSCONNECTID1>],
<AIDUNIONID>,<PATHWIDTH>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“241:STS-2-1-1,STS-2-1-2,MONE,STS-12-1-1,STS-13-1-1,STS1”
;
Output Parameters

The assigned number for the AID being used as a test access point. TAP is an integer. |
|
Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The A path of the test access point. The first STS/VT path of the TAP. |
|
Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The B path of the test access point. The second STS/VT path of the TAP. For single FAD TAP this path will be empty. |
|
(Optional) Test access mode. It identifies the mode of access between the TAP and the circuit connected to the TAP. The parameter type is TACC_MODE, which is the test access mode. |
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from E direction to the line outgoing in the E direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction will have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths. Connect the line incoming from F direction to the line outgoing in the F direction, and connect this looped configuration to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the A transmission path of the accessed circuit. |
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD1 to a DFAD, or from the odd pair of a FAP to the A transmission path and from FAD2 of the same DFAD, or from the even pair of a FAP to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit. |
|
Indicates that a monitor connection is to be provided from the FAD to the B transmission path of the accessed circuit. |
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the A transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the A transmission path. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates that a connection is to be provided from both the E and F sides of the B transmission path of the circuit under test to the FAD and split the B transmission path. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the F direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the E side of the accessed circuit to FAD1 and the F side to FAD2. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
Indicates to split both the A and B paths, and connect the F side of the accessed circuit to the FAD. The line outgoing in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming in the E direction shall have a QRS connected, and the line incoming from the E direction shall be terminated by the nominal characteristic impedance of the line. Intrusive test access mode. |
|
(Optional) Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The E path of the cross-connect. |
|
The cross-connection width. The parameter type is CRS_TYPE, which is the cross-connection type. |
|
(Optional) Access identifier from the “CrossConnectId” section. The F path of the cross-connect. |
21.146 RTRV-TADRMAP
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Target Identifier Address Mapping (RTRV-TADRMAP) command retrieves the contents of the TADRMAP table.
Usage Guidelines
When MODE is NSAP, TID name of the NODE can be specified to trigger TARP.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

RTRV-TADRMAP:CISCO:AIP:100:::MODE=PROV;
1. To retrieve another node’s NSAP (TID=NODE-1) while using a TL1 session on the local node (TID=NODE-2), follow this input example:
RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2:NODE-1:1:::MODE=NSAP;
"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=TARP request has been initiated. Check again later."
"TIDNAME=NODE-2,IPADDR=10.92.24.146,"
"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=39840F800000000000000000010010CFCE5A0200"
2. To retrieve the NSAP address of a node (TID=NODE-2) itself, follow this input example:
RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2:NODE-2:1:::MODE=NSAP;
"TIDNAME=NODE-2,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000BFCF8A88500"
3. To retrieve the local TARP data cache (TDC) of a node (no AID required) follow this input example:
RTRV-TADRMAP:NODE-2::123:::MODE=NSAP;
"TIDNAME=FOREIGN-NODE-1,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000075DE520800"
"TIDNAME=FOREIGN-NODE-2,NSAP=39840F80000000000000000001000075D07A4A00"
"TIDNAME=NODE-1,NSAP=39840F800000000000000000010010CFCE5A0200"
Input Parameters

AID is a target identifier from the “ALL” section. AID is a string. If AID is not null, MODE must be NSAP. |
|
Must not be null. The parameter type is MODE, which determines the category of addresses to return. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[TID=<TID>],[IP ADDRESS =<IPADDRESS>],[NSAP=<NSAP>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“TID=RANGERS1,IP ADDRESS = 64.101.245.5,
NSAP=39840FFFFFFFOOOODDDDAA01D00F0400000700”
;
Output Parameters

21.147 RTRV-TH-<MOD2>
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Threshold for 10GFC, 10GIGE, 40GIGE, 100GIGE, 1GFC, 1GFICON, 2GFC, 4GFC, 2GFICON, 5GIB, 8GFC, CLNT, D1VIDEO, DS1, DV6000, DVBASI, E1, E3, E4, EC1, ESCON, ETRCLO, ETH, FSTE, G1000, GFPOS, GIGE, HDTV, ISC1, ILK, ISCCOMPAT, ISC3PEER2R, ISC3PEER1G, ISC3PEER2G, OC12, OC192, OC3, OC48, OC768, OCH, OMS, OTS, OTL, OTU2, OTU3, OTU4, POS, STS1, STS12C, STS18C, STS192C, STS24C, STS36C, STS3C, STS48C, STS96C, STS6C, STS9C, T1, T3, VT1, VT2, 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, or ISC3STP2G (RTRV-TH-<MOD2>) command retrieves the threshold level of one or more monitored parameters.
Usage Guidelines
The command supports the modifier 3GVIDEO, SDSDI, HDSDI, AUTO, OTU1, ISC3STP1G, and ISC3STP2G.
See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.

Note ● After the BLSR switch, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the threshold can be retrieved from the protection path.
- If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after the BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs off the protection path, not from the PCA path.
- The message is issued to retrieve the thresholds for PM and alarm thresholds. If it is used to retrieve the alarm thresholds, the time-period is not applicable.
- The presentation rules are as follows:
– Client port only–Laser, Alarm and SONET Thresholds are applicable and will appear. Laser and alarm thresholds are only for near end. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET thresholds will appear. The Receiver Temperature Montypes (RXT) are only applicable to the Trunk Port. The Transceiver Voltage Montypes (XCVR) are not applicable, though it might be displayed or handled.
– Laser and Alarm thresholds are always available. Laser and alarm thresholds are only for near end. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled, then the OTN thresholds will appear. If ITU-T G.709 is enabled and FEC is enabled, then the FEC thresholds will appear. If the card payload is in SONET mode, then SONET thresholds will appear. The Transceiver Voltage Montypes (XCVR) are not applicable, though it is displayed or handled.
- Refer to the Cisco ONS SDH and Cisco ONS 15600 SONET TL1 Reference Guide for specific card provisioning rules.
- The RTRV-TH-OTL retrieves Optical Thresholds. This command is denied on sublanes of CFP-LC card, as optical thresholds are retrieved on aggregate port. The command retrieves optical thresholds on sublanes of 100G-LC-C card.
- The RTRV-TH-<MOD2> is denied when retrieving optical thresholds on Aggregate port of 100G-LC-C card.
- The RTRV-TH-<MOD2> is denied on virtual ports of 100G-LC-C as they are retrieved on Aggregate port of CFP-LC card.
- RTRV-TH-OCH on fixed trunk of the 100G-LC-C card also retrieves OSNR and PMD TCA thresholds.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-TH-<MOD2>:[<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<LOCN>],[<TMPER>][::];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. The AR-MXP, AR-XP, and AR-XPE cards use the VFAC Access Identifier. |
|
Note MONTYPE defaults to CVL for OCN/EC1/DSN, to ESP for STSp, to UASV for VT1, and to AISSP for the DS1 layer of the DS3XM card. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Location associated with a particular command in reference to the entity identified by the AID. LOCN defaults to NEND (near end). A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
Accumulation time period for performance counters. Defaults to 15-MIN. Must not be null. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
Output Format

Output Example

Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “ALL” section. |
|
(Optional) Type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
Monitored type. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage. |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path, Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
(Optional) Location associated with a particular command. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
(Optional) Accumulation time period for performance counters. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management center. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 24-hours. For SONET PM data, only one day of history data is available. For RMON managed PM data, seven days of history data are available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 hour. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 24 hours of history data available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 1 minute. This is only applicable to RMON managed PM data. There are 60 minutes of history available. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; every 15 minutes. There are 32 15-MIN buckets of history data available for this accumulation interval length. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length; starting from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON managed PMs. |
21.148 RTRV-TH-ALL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Threshold All (RTRV-TH-ALL) command retrieves the threshold level of all monitored parameters on the NE.
Usage Guidelines
- After a BLSR switch, the working path is switched out, the traffic goes through the protection path, and the threshold can be retrieved from the protection STS path.
- If there is an STS PCA on the protection path during BLSR switching, the PCA path is preemptive; sending this command on the protection path after a BLSR switch, the command returns the PMs from the protection path, not from the PCA path.
- Multiple RTRV completion codes will appear after the execution of this command according to Telcordia GR-1831-CORE for bulk retrievals. The final completion code after the multiple RTRV codes is COMPLD.
- Some monitored types are not available for some cards or cross-connect types. In that case, a 0 value will appear for the monitored type. This will happen only when a user requests the thresholds of a specific monitored parameter on the NE, and the monitored type does not apply to that card or cross-connect type. When the user does not filter by monitored type, the applicable thresholds will be retrieved.
- If the user requests the thresholds of a particular monitored type and if the monitored type is not applicable to some of the entities, DENY will not be returned.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-TH-ALL:[<TID>]::<CTAG>::[<MONTYPE>],[<LOCATION>],[<TMPER>][::];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>,<AIDTYPE>:<MONTYPE>,<LOCATION>,,<THLEV>,<TMPER>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1,DS3:CVL,NEND,,1,15-MIN”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
|
Specifies the type of facility, link, or other addressable entity targeted by the message. The parameter type is MOD2B, which is the alarm type for certain generic TL1 commands. |
|
Digital Video Broadband Asynchronous Serial Interface (DVBASI) payload |
|
InterSystem Channel, a protocol defined by IBM (ISC1) payload |
|
Monitored type. A null value defaults to ALL. The parameter type is ALL_MONTYPE, which is the monitoring type list. |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Background Block Error Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Path monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
Errored Seconds Ratio—Section monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The total number of good packets received that were directed to a multicast address |
|
The total number of packets received that have a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that were less than 64 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets received that are longer than 1518 octets |
|
The total number of packets (including bad packets, broadcast packets, and multicast packets) received |
|
The total number of packets received that are less than 64 octets |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Negative Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Pointer Justification Count Seconds, Path Generated |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Detected |
|
High-Order Path Positive Pointer Justification Count, Path Generated |
|
Number of broadcast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of inbound packets (or transmission units) that contained errors |
|
Number of multicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
Number of unicast packets received since the last counter reset |
|
The number of outbound packets (or transmission units) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
|
Normalized value for Optical Power Transmitted for the OC3-8 card |
|
Severely Errored Framing Seconds—Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
Severely Errored Second—Network Path (DS3XM-12 DS1 PM count) |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Path Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
OTN—Severely Errored Second Ratio—Section Monitor Point expressed as one tenth of a percentage |
|
The location. A null value defaults to NEND. The parameter type is LOCATION, which is the location where the action is to take place. |
|
Threshold level. Indicates the threshold value. THLEV is a float. |
|
The accumulation time period for performance counters. A null value defaults to 15-MIN. The parameter type is TMPER, which is the accumulation time period for the performance management counter. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 24 hours. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 hour. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 1 minute. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length is every 15 minutes. |
|
Performance parameter accumulation interval length starts from the last time the counters were cleared. This is only applicable to RMON-managed PMs. |
21.149 RTRV-TOD
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Time of Day (RTRV-TOD) command retrieves the system date and time at the instant when the command was executed. The time returned is in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<YEAR>,<MONTH>,<DAY>,<HOUR>,<MINUTE>,<SECOND>,<DIFFERENCE>:<TMTYPE>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“2002,05,08,17,01,33,840:LINT”
;
Output Parameters

21.150 RTRV-TRAPTABLE
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Trap Table (RTRV-TRAPTABLE) command retrieves a trap destination entry identified by a specific trap destination address.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “IPADDR” section. IP address identifying the trap destination. Only a numeric IP address is allowed. A null value is equivalent to ALL. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<DEST>,<TRAPPORT>,<COMMUNITY>,<SNMPVERSION>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“1.2.3.4,162,\“PRIVATE\”,SNMPV1”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “IPADDR” section. |
|
UDP port number associated with the trap destination. Defaults to 162. Integer |
|
Community name associated to the trap destination. Maximum of 32 characters. COMMUNITY is a string. |
|
SNMP version number. Defaults to SNMPv1. The parameter type is SNMP_VERSION, which is the SNMP version. |
|
21.151 RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Trace Client for OC12, OC192, OC48, or OC768 (RTRV-TRC-<OCN_BLSR>) command retrieves the valid J1 expected trace string, retrieved trace string, trace mode, C2 byte, and STS bandwidth of the OC-N port only if the port has a BLSR.
Usage Guidelines
- See Table 28-1 for supported modifiers by platform.
- This command only applies to OC48AS and OC192 cards.
- Sending this command over unsupported BLSR path trace cards, or unequipped cards will result in a J1 Trace Not Supported On This Card (IIAC) error.
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],
[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],[C2=<C2>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“STS-6-1-25::LEVEL=STS1,EXPTRC=“EXPTRCSTRING”,INCTRC=“INCTRCSTRING”,
TRCMODE=AUTO,C2=0X04”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “STS” section. |
|
(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. The parameter type is STS_PATH, which is the modifier for some STS commands. |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 12 Concatenated (622 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 18 Concatenated (933 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 24 Concatenated (1240 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 36 Concatenated (1866 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (155 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 48 Concatenated (2488 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Concatenated (310 Mbps) |
|
Synchronous Transport Signal level 9 Concatenated (465 Mbps) |
|
(Optional) Expected path trace content. Indicates the expected path trace message (J1) contents. EXPTRC is any 64-character ASCII string, including the terminating CR (carriage return) and LF (line feed). EXPTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is any combination of 64 characters including CR and LF. INCTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
(Optional) The C2 byte hex code. Applicable only to STS-level paths in SONET (STSn). The parameter type is C2_BYTE, which is the C2 byte hex code. |
|
Reserved, however, C2 is 0XFF if AIS-L is being generated by an optical card or cross-connect downstream. |
21.152 RTRV-TRC-OCH
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Trace Optical Channel (RTRV-TRC-OCH) command retrieves the sent trace string, expected trace string, received trace string, trace mode, and the trace level for the SONET J0 Section, the TTI PATH and SECTION monitoring levels of the DWDM facility.
Usage Guidelines
- Client port–only the J0 Section trace applies.
- The J0 Section trace applies only if the card termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SONET.
- On the DWDM port, the J0 Section trace, the TTI Path, Section trace monitoring point traces are allowed.
- The J0 Section trace is allowed only if the payload for the card is set to SONET.
- The J0 Section trace is allowed only if the card termination mode is not transparent.
- The TTI Path, Section trace is allowed only if the ITU-T G.709 (DWRAP) is enabled.
Depending on the settings, the following filtering applies:
- If no TRCLEVEL is provided, all TRCLEVELs are reported as applicable.
- If TRCLEVEL is provided and no MSGTYPE is provided, all applicable MSGTYPEs for the given level are displayed.
- If no MSGTYPE is provided, all MSGTYPEs are reported as applicable.
- If a MSGTYPE is provided with out a TRCLEVEL, then the given MSGTYPE for all TRCLEVELs are displayed.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-TRC-OCH:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>],[<TRCLEVEL>][::];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Type of autonomous message to be retrieved. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is MSGTYPE, which is the type of trace message. |
|
The trace level to be managed. A null value is equivalent to ALL. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<CHANNEL>,<MOD>::[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>],
[TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>],
[TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CHAN-2-2,OCH::TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,EXPTRC=\“AAA\”,TRC=\“AAA\”,
INCTRC=\“AAA\”,TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Indicates an OCH AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
GFP over POS. Virtual ports partitioned using GFP’s multiplexing capability. |
|
(Optional) The trace level to be managed. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options. |
|
(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64 character ASCII string. |
|
(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00) and CR and LF. TRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIM-P is detected. |
|
(Optional) The size of the trace message. If in SONET mode, only 1 or 16 bytes is applicable for the J0 section trace. The TTI level trace is only 64 bytes. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT (trace format). |
|
21.153 RTRV-TRC-OTU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Trace Optical Transport Unit Level (RTRV-TRC-OTU) command retrieves the sent trace string, expected trace string, received trace string, trace mode, and the trace level for the SDH J0 section and the TTI PATH and SECTION monitoring levels of the DWDM facility.
Usage Guidelines
– Only the J0 section trace applies.
– The J0 section trace applies only if the card termination mode is not transparent and the payload is SDH.
– The J0 section trace and the TTI path and section trace monitoring point traces are allowed.
– The J0 section trace is allowed only if the payload for the card is set to SDH.
– The J0 section trace is allowed only if the card termination mode is not transparent. The TTI path and section trace is allowed only if ITU-T G.709 (DWRAP) is enabled.
– If no TRCLEVEL is provided, all TRCLEVELs are reported as applicable.
– If TRCLEVEL is provided and no MSGTYPE is provided, all applicable MSGTYPEs for the given level are displayed.
– If no MSGTYPE is provided, all MSGTYPEs are reported as applicable.
– If an MSGTYPE is provided with out a TRCLEVEL, then the given MSGTYPE for all TRCLEVELs are displayed.
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-TRC-OTU:[<TID>]:<SRC>:<CTAG>::[<MSGTYPE>],[<TRCLEVEL>][::];
Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

"<CHANNEL>,<MOD>::[TRCLEVEL=<TRCLEVEL>],[EXPTRC=<EXPTRC>], [TRC=<TRC>],[INCTRC=<INCTRC>],[TRCMODE=<TRCMODE>], [TRCFORMAT=<TRCFORMAT>]"
Output Example

"VFAC-2-2-1,OTU1::TRCLEVEL=TTI-PM,EXPTRC=\"AAA\",TRC=\"AAA\", INCTRC=\"AAA\",TRCMODE=MAN,TRCFORMAT=64-BYTE"
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “CHANNEL” section. |
|
Indicates an OTU AID type. The parameter type is MOD2, which is the line/path modifier. |
|
(Optional) The trace level to be managed. The parameter type is TRCLEVEL, which is the trace mode options. |
|
(Optional) Expected path trace content. A 64 character ASCII string. |
|
(Optional) The path trace message to be transmitted. The trace byte continuously transmits a 64 byte, fixed length ASCII string, one byte at a time. A null value defaults to the NE transmitting 62 null characters (hex 00), CR, and LF. TRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) The incoming path trace message contents. INCTRC is a string. |
|
(Optional) Trace mode. The parameter type is TRCMODE (trace mode). |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string. Not applicable to MXP/TXP cards. |
|
Use the previously received path trace string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected. |
|
Use the provisioned expected string as the expected string and do not turn on AIS and RDI if TIMP is detected. |
|
(Optional) The size of the trace message. If in SDH mode, only 1 or 16 bytes is applicable for the J0 section trace. The TTI level trace is only 64 bytes. The parameter type is TRCFORMAT, which is the trace format. |
|
21.154 RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Tunnel Firewall (RTRV-TUNNEL-FIREWALL) command retrieves the contents of the firewall tunnel table.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[SRC ADDR=<SRCADDR>],[SRC MASK=<SRCMASK>],[DEST ADDR=<DESTADDR>],
[DEST MASK=<DESTMASK>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SRC ADDR=64.101.150.10,SRC MASK=255.255.255.0,DEST ADDR=64.101.144.7,
DEST MASK=255.255.255.0”
;
21.155 RTRV-TUNNEL-PROXY
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Tunnel Proxy command retrieves the contents of the proxy tunnel table.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“[SRC ADDR=<SRCADDR>],[SRC MASK=<SRCMASK>],[DEST ADDR=<DESTADDR>],
[DEST MASK=<DESTMASK>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“SRC ADDR=64.101.150.10,SRC MASK=255.255.255.0,DEST ADDR=64.101.144.7,
DEST MASK=255.255.255.0”
;
21.156 RTRV-UNICFG
(Cisco ONS 15454, Cisco ONS 15454 M2, Cisco ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve User Network Interface Configuration (RTRV-UNICFG) command retrieves the attributes and service parameters of the UNI configuration created.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

|
|
---|---|
Source AID from the “ALL” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>:<RVRSAID>,<RSYSIP>,<RIFCIP>,<MSTPIP>,<COMMIP>,<VALMODE>,<VALZONE>,<DESCR>,<ADMINSTATE>,<RESTTYPE>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“LINE-2-1:LINE-4-3,10.11.12.13,14.15.16.17,18.19.20.21,22.23.24.25,VALMODE=FULL,VALZONE=GREEN,DESCR=CISCO”
|
|
---|---|
Source AID from the “ALL” section. |
|
Destination AID from the “ALL” sections. |
|
The optical validation is performed as indicated in VALZONE parameter. |
|
Indicates Adminstate is UP and UNI Services can be activated. |
|
Indicates Adminstate is DOWN and UNI Services cannot be activated. |
|
21.157 RTRV-USER-SECU
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve User Security (RTRV-USER-SECU) command retrieves the security information of a specified user or list of users. The keyword ALL can be used to obtain a list of all users. For security reasons the password cannot be retrieved.
Usage Guidelines
- A Superuser can retrieve any user’s security information. A user with MAINT, PROV, or RTRV privileges can only retrieve their own information.
- When using the keyword ALL, all users created for the system are displayed. This includes users created outside of the TL1 environment as well. Users displayed through the RTRV-USER-SECU command, these users shall also be able to log into the TL1 environment.
Category

Security


Note Maintenance, Provisioning and Retrieve users can retrieve their own information only.
Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

User identifier. The user ID or the keyword ALL. A non-Superuser can only specify his own user ID. Must not be null. UID is a string. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<UID>:,<PRIVILEGE>:LOGGEDIN=<LOGGEDIN>,[NUMSESSIONS=<NUMSESS>,]
[LOCKEDOUT=<LOCKEDOUT>,][DISABLED=<DISABLED>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“CISCO15:,SUPER:LOGGEDIN=YES,NUMSESSIONS=1,LOCKEDOUT=NO,DISABLED=NO”
;
Output Parameters

21.158 RTRV-VCG
(Cisco ONS 15454, ONS 15454 M2, and ONS 15454 M6) The Retrieve Virtual Concatenation Group (RTRV-VCG) command retrieves all the attributes provisioned for a VCG.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards use the VFAC AID. The FC_MR-4 card uses the FAC AID. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<SRC>::TYPE=<TYPE>,TXCOUNT=<TXCOUNT>,CCT=<CCT>,[LCAS=<LCAS>],
[BUFFERS=<BUFFERS>],[NAME=<NAME>]:<PST>”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“FAC-1-1::TYPE=STS3C,TXCOUNT=8,CCT=2WAY,LCAS=LCAS,BUFFERS=DEFAULT,
NAME=“VCG2”:IS”
;
Output Parameters

Source access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards use the VFAC AID. The FC_MR-4 card uses the FAC AID. |
|
The type of the entity being provisioned. Null indicates not applicable. TYPE can be a CLEI code or another value. The type of member cross-connect. ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards support STS1, STS3c, and STS12c. The FC_MR-4 card supports STS3c only. The parameter type is MOD_PATH, which is the STS/VT path modifier. |
|
Number of VCG members in the transmit (Tx) direction. For ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards, the only valid value is 2. For the FC_MR-4 card, the only valid value is 8. TXCOUNT is an integer. |
|
Type of connection; one-way or two-way. Cross-connect type for the VCG member cross-connects. The parameter type is CCT, which is the type of cross-connect to be created. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries Note 1WAYMON is not supported with TL1. However, it is still supported from CTC. Using CTC, you can create 1WAYMON cross-connects that can be retrieved by TL1. |
|
A unidirectional connection from a source tributary to a destination tributary on the protection path/fiber |
|
A bidirectional drop and continue connection applicable only to path protection traditional and integrated dual-ring interconnects |
|
A bidirectional connection between the two tributaries on the extra protection path/fiber |
|
Diagnostics cross-connect. Supports BERT (BLSR PCA diagnostics cross-connect). |
|
(Optional) Link capacity adjustment scheme. The parameter type is LCAS, which is the link capacity adjustment scheme mode for the VCG created. |
|
Supports the temporary removal of a VCG member during the member failure. Only supported by the ML1000-2 and ML100T-12 cards. |
|
(Optional) Buffer type. The default value is DEFAULT. The FC_MR-4 card supports DEFAULT and EXPANDED buffers. Other data cards support DEFAULT buffers only. The parameter type is BUFFER_TYPE, which is the buffer type (used in VCAT). |
|
(Optional) Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
21.159 RTRV-VLAN
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Virtual LAN (RTRV-VLAN) command retrieves a virtual LAN entry from the VLAN database. The VLAN database is a collection of VLANs used in an NE.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The AID for a single VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[NAME=<NAME>],[PROTN=<PROTN>]:”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VLAN-4096::NAME="MYVLAN",PROTN=Y:”
;
Output Parameters

The AID for a single VLAN. The value 0 is reserved for untagged VLANs. |
|
21.160 RTRV-VLAN-ETH
The VLAN attributes on a L2 ethernet port command retrieves the VLAN Profile associated to the couple L2 Ethernet pot - VLAN.
It retrieves also the Alarm status of a VLAN associated to a L2 ethernet port and the Multicast Mac address list.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

RTRV-VLAN-ETH[:<TID>]:<AID>:<CTAG>[::<VLAN_ID>],[<VLAN_TYPE>][::];
Input Example

Input Parameters

The ALL aid is applicable for RTRV-only commands, basically the RTRV-rr type of commands. |
|
The VLAN identifier. A VLAN ID is a number in the range 1..4096. The value of 0 is reserved to UNTAGged VLAN. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
"<AID>:<VLANID>,<VLANTYPE>:[<ALM>],[<ALMDAT>],[<ALMTM>],[<BWP>],[<IGMPIP>]:”
;
Output Example

"ETH-1-1-1:110:ALM=VLAN-AIS,ALMDAT=08-07,ALMTM=16-38-57,BWP=23:";
;
Output Parameters

21.161 RTRV-VT
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Virtual Tributary (RTRV-VT) command retrieves the attributes associated with a VT path based on the granularity level of NE- or slot-specific VTs.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[LEVEL=<LEVEL>],[RVRTV=<RVRTV>],[RVTM=<RVTM>],
[HOLDOFFTIMER=<HOLDOFFTIMER>],[TACC=<TACC>],[TAPTYPE=<TAPTYPE>],
[UPSRPTHSTATE=<UPSRPTHSTATE>]:[<PST>],[<SST>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“VT1-1-1-1-1-1::LEVEL=VT1,RVRTV=Y,RVTM=1.0,HOLDOFFTIMER=2000,TACC=8,
TAPTYPE=SINGLE,UPSRPTHSTATE=ACT:OOS,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “AidUnionId” section. |
|
(Optional) The rate of the cross-connect. Indicates the rate of the cross-connected channel. Applicable only to VT1 path in SONET. The parameter type is VT_PATH, which is the modifier for some VT commands. |
|
(Optional) Revertive mode. The value Y indicates that protection switching system reverts service to the original line after restoration. The value N indicates that protection switching system does not revert service to the original line after restoration. RVRTV is applicable only for 1+1 protection switching. Null defaults to N. The parameter type is ON_OFF (disable or enable an attribute). |
|
(Optional) Revertive time. Only applies to path protection. Defaults to empty because RVRTV is N when a path protection path is created. The parameter type is REVERTIVE_TIME. |
|
(Optional) Test access. Indicates whether the digroup being provisioned is to be used as a test access digroup. Defaults to N. |
|
(Optional) TAP type. The parameter type is TAPTYPE, which is the test access point type. |
|
(Optional) Indicates whether a given AID is the working or standby path of a path protection cross-connect. The parameter type is STATUS, which is the status of the unit in the protection pair. |
|
Primary state. The parameter type is PST, which indicates the current overall service condition of an entity. |
|
Secondary state. The parameter type is SST, which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|
21.162 RTRV-VLB-REP
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve VLAN Load Balancing Resilient Ethernet Protocol (RTRV-VLB-REP) command retrieves the VLAN Load Balancing (VLB) for REP Segment on the ethernet ports.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::[VLBENABLED=<VLBENABLED>],[VLANRANGE=<VLANRANGE>],
[REPPORTID=<REPPORTID>],[PREFERRED=<PREFERRED>]”
;
Output Example

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“ETH-16-2-1::VLBENABLED=Y,VLANRANGE=1010-1024&1010-1025,
REPPORTID=0X0134A543456785A8,PREFERRED=N”
;
Output Parameters

|
|
---|---|
Access identifier from the “FACILITY” section. |
|
Enables or disables the segment topology notification on ethernet entity for REP. |
|
Adds the range to a list of segment ranges for STCN notification. |
|
Removes the range from a list of segment ranges for STCN notification. |
|
Indicates the VLAN range start value for VLB on REP. The valid range is 0 to 1024. |
|
Indicates the VLAN range end value for VLB on REP. The valid range is from 0 to 1024. |
|
Indicates that the port is the preferred alternate port. Or the preferred port for VLAN load balancing. |
|
21.163 RTRV-WDMANS
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength Division Multiplexing Automatic Node Setup (RTRV-WDMANS) command edits the Automatic Optical Node Setup (AONS) application attributes.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:[<WLEN>]:[VOAATTN=<VOAATTN>],[VOAATTNFLG=<VOAATTNFLG>],[POWEROSC=<POWEROSC>],[POWEROSCFLG=<POWEROSCFLG>],[NTWTYPE=<NTWTYPE>],[NTWTYPEFLG=<NTWTYPEFLG>],[CHLOSS=<CHLOSS>],[CHLOSSFLG=<CHLOSSFLG>],[GAIN=<GAIN>],[GAINFLG=<GAINFLG>],[TILT=<TILT>],[TILTFLG=<TILTFLG>],[CHPWR=<CHPWR>],[CHPWRFLG=<CHPWRFLG>],[AMPLMODE=<AMPLMODE>],[AMPLMODEFLG=<AMPLMODEFLG>],[RATIO=<RATIO>],[RATIOFLG=<RATIOFLG>],[OSCLOSS=<OSCLOSS>],[OSCLOSSFLG=<OSCLOSSFLG>],[OPTICALNODETYPE=<OPTICALNODETYPE>],[DITHER=<DITHER>],[DITHERFLG=<DITHERFLG>],[TOTALPWR=<TOTALPWR>],[TOTALPWRFLG=<TOTALPWRFLG>],[HIGHSLVEXP=<HIGHSLVEXP>],[HIGHSLVEXPFLG=<HIGHSLVEXPFLG>],[LOWSLVEXP=<LOWSLVEXP>],[LOWSLVEXPFLG=<LOWSLVEXPFLG>],[LASTRUNDAT=<LASTRUNDAT>],[LASTRUNTM=<LASTRUNTM>][:]”;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
CHAN-1-13-1-TX::CHPWR=-14.1,CHPWRFLG=PROV,
“WDMNODE::NTWTYPE=METRO-CORE,NTWTYPEFLG=DFLT,OPTICALNODETYPE=OADM,LASTRUNDAT=2009-09-03,LASTRUNTM=11-52-18,:"
Output Parameters

21.164 RTRV-WDMSIDE
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength Division Multiplexing Side (RTRV-WDMSIDE) command retrieves the WDM side and defines its attributes.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an DWDM node. This is applicable to WDMANS and APC applications of the NE. |
|
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>::LINEIN=<LINEIN>,LINEOUT=<LINEOUT>,[OCS=<OSC>][:]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WDMSIDE-A::LINEIN=LINE-1-3-RX,LINEOUT=LINE-1-3-TX,OSC=FAC-8-1”
;
Output Parameters

The AID is used to access the WDM side of an DWDM node. This is applicable to WDMANS and APC applications of the NE. |
|
(Optional) Used to access the OTS layer of optical network units. |
|
Indicates all the OTSs of the NE. The ALL AID is applicable only for retrieve commands. |
|
All the lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-ALL. |
|
The receive/transmit lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-[DIRN]. |
|
(Optional) Used to access the OTS layer of optical network units. |
|
Indicates all the OTSs of the NE. The ALL AID is applicable for retrieve-only commands. |
|
All the lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-ALL. |
|
The receive/transmit lines (COM=1, OSC=2, LINE=3) in OPT-BST, OPT-BST-E, OPT-BST-L, OPT-AMP-17-C, and OPT-AMP-23-C cards where the format is LINE-[SHELF]-[SLOT]-[PORT]-[DIRN]. |
|
Facility AID from the “FACILITY” section. |
21.165 RTRV-WLEN
(Cisco ONS 15454) The Retrieve Wavelength (RTRV-WLEN) command retrieves the wavelength provisioning information.
Usage Guidelines
Category

Security

Input Format

Input Example

Input Parameters

Access identifier from the “WLEN” section. |
Output Format

SID DATE TIME
M CTAG COMPLD
“<AID>:<CCT>:[SIZE=<SIZE>],[CKTID=<CKTID>],[TOSIDE=<TOSIDE>],[SRC=<SRC>],
[DST=<DST>]:<PST_PSTQ>,[<SSTQ>]”
;
Output Example

TID-000 1998-06-20 14:30:00
M 001 COMPLD
“WLEN-A-ADD-1530.33:1WAY:SIZE=MULTI-RATE,CKTID=CKTID,SRC=CHAN-4-1-RX,
DST=LINEWL-1-3-TX-1530.33:OOS-AU,AINS”
;
Output Parameters

Access identifier from the “WLEN” section. |
|
A unidirectional wavelength connection for one specified ring direction. |
|
A bidirectional wavelength connection for both the ring directions |
|
(Optional) Circuit identification parameter that contains the a common language ID or other alias of the circuit being provisioned. It cannot contain blank spaces. CKTID is a string. |
|
Source access identifier from the “LINEWL” section. |
|
Destination AID of the cross-connection from the “LINEWL” section. |
|
Primary state of the entity. The parameter type is PST_PSTQ, which is the service state of the entity described by primary state (PST) and primary state qualifier (PSTQ). |
|
(Optional) Secondary state of the entity. The parameter type is secondary state (SST), which provides additional information pertaining to PST and PSTQ. |
|